shalini

68
A Project on Performance Management System At Usha Martin Limited (MBA 2011-13) NARAINI EDUCATIONAL AND CHARITABLE SOCIETY’S GROUP OF INSTITUTIONS A constituent of Kurukshetra University www.kuk.ac.in Submitted to: Mr. Vinit Kumar Sachdeva Submitted by: Shalini Pandey (Assistant Professor) Roll no.:

Upload: sp035247

Post on 26-Jun-2015

96 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Shalini

A Project on

Performance Management System At Usha Martin Limited(MBA 2011-13)

NARAINI EDUCATIONAL AND CHARITABLE SOCIETYrsquoS GROUP OF INSTITUTIONS

A constituent of Kurukshetra Universitywwwkukacin

Submitted to Mr Vinit Kumar Sachdeva Submitted by Shalini Pandey (Assistant Professor) Roll no

Self Certification

I hereby certify that I SHALINI PANDEY have successfully completed my internship with USHA MARTIN Ltd RANCHI from 11th June to 11th August 2012 This is also to certify that this report is an original product and no unfair means like copying etc have been used for its completion

Name SHALINI PANDEY

Date 3rd Septemberrsquo2012

Table of Contents

1

Self Certification2

Table of Contents3

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY6

Data Collection Method7

Primary Data Sources7

RESEARCH DESIGN7

BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY9

INDUSTRY ANALYSIS10

INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-10

Competitors Information-10

Contribution to the Market Share10

Future Growth and Prospectus10

Scope11

McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL12

Skills12

STYLE12

Strategy13

System13

Swot Analysis-14

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS14

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY14

SCOPE OF THE STUDY15

RATIO ANALYSIS15

Classification of ratios15

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-1230

INTERPRETATION30

INTERPRETATION31

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-1032

INTERPRETATION32

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-1233

INTERPRETATION33

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-1134

INTERPRETATION34

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-1035

INTERPRETATION35

Overall Summary of Findings36

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION36

Introduction36

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED36

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO38

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)38

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)39

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML39

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world42

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM43

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-43

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED45

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)46

TO46

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)46

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION46

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

A project is something that could not have been materialized without co- operation of many people involved in making this project a reality There are a number of important people I want to thank whose support guidance encouragement and helped me in successful completion of my project I would also like to give my greatest thanks to God who deserves the ultimate praise and credit for all good things in my lifeI take this opportunity to express my profound gratitude for the personal involvement and constructive thinking provided beyond practical knowledge during the project by Mr VK Sachdeva who channelized my raw ideas and gave me the encouragement to pursue my goals Without his help and constant guidance it could be difficult for me to complete my project I wish to express my sincere and heartiest gratitude to Mr ARSinha (my guide at USHA MARTIN) who was always there to give my spirit a boost I am greatly indebted to my faculty and staff members for the tireless hours they have spend in guiding me and providing me the resource As a student specializing in Human resource I came to know about the ground realities in topics like Performance management system My special thanks to my parents and friends who gave consistent and constant help and encouragement in completing this project

INTRODUCTION

Human Resource Management is the function within an organization that focuses on recruitment of management and providing directions for the people who work in the organization Human Resource Management can also be performed by line managers It is concerned with the development of Human Resources ie knowledge capability skill potentialities amp attaining and achieving employee goals including job satisfactionPerformance management system is a management technique intended to holistically consider the performance of employees or machines to work towards optimum performance of a particular task or a group of tasks The effective performance management system includes attracting talented people hiring right person for the right job setting goals and aligning objectives coaching to improve performance It gives supervisors and subordinates an equal opportunity to express themselves under structured conditionsThe major objectives of performance management are to improve the quality of work life by allowing the workers greater influence and involvement in work and the satisfaction obtained from the work to secure the mutual cooperation of employees and employers in achieving industrial peace greater efficiency and productivity in the interest of the enterprise the workers the consumers and the nation Usha Martin has been efficiently and effectively running on the basis of about 413 manpower who are well dedicated towards the management It is essential for an institution like this to bring up workers participation so that the workers can be more involved in their work Usha Martin also ensures effective participation of workers in management

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The internship is a bridge between the institute and the organization This made me to be involved in a project that helped me to employ my theoretical knowledge about the myriad and fascinating facets of HR and finance And in the process I could contribute substantially to the organizationrsquos growth The experience that I gathered over the past 2 months has certainly provided the orientation which I believe will help me in shouldering any responsibility in future Performance management system is an important HRD mechanism It is the systematic process of planning work and setting expectations continually monitoring performance developing the capacity to perform periodically rating performance in a summary fashion and rewarding good performance Based on globally followed HR practices and principles this performance management system provides right tools to engage employees in productive work help employee achieve their goals bring objectivity amp transparency in employee evaluations manage employee trainings manage employee compensations promotion and careers To address the above a survey was conducted to study the different parameters of Performance Management System adopted by Usha martin limited A sample of 30 officers was taken A structured questionnaire was administered to officers of different departments to elicit the information The criteria or measures to evaluate an officerrsquos performance are competence achievement versus objectives key result areas set at beginning of a specific period forming result oriented areas leadership skills team work and attitude Target is set for officers being appraised for a period of 6 months checklist for carrying out appraisals and career planning is followed The study is conducted with respect to understand the different management systems conducted in Usha martin and their effects thereafter in the same

OBJECTIVES

To obtain the required knowledge of subject as a student of HRMTo study the existing performance management system of USHA MARTINTo know the relevance of performance management systemWhether standards of performance are laid for the performance management systemWhat steps are imperative and suggestive to maintain and improve the quality of appraisalTo find out the level of effectiveness of performance measurement systemsTo know the financial position of the company

REASEARCH METHODOLOGY

Research methodology is a way to systematically solve the research problem It may be understood as a science of studying how research is done We can say that research methodology has many dimensions and research methods do constitute a part of the research methodology Knowledge of research methodology plays a key role in project work It consists of series of actions or steps necessary to effectively carry out research and the desired sequencing of these steps Data Collection Method Data can be collected by Primary as well as secondary method Primary Data SourcesQuestionnaire methods and discussions with the HR officers were used to collect data

Questionnaire DesignedQuestionnaire was used for the survey

Secondary Data SourcesThe secondary data sources were collected from the company manuals handbooks and management books and are edited to suite the purpose

RESEARCH DESIGNDescriptive and analytical type of research design was adopted because sources of information are relatively few and the purpose is merely to find and to understand the possible actions conducted under performance management system For the study the relevant questionnaire was prepared and circulated among a stratified sample of 30 officers of USHA MARTIN LIMITED The data thus obtained formed the basis of information regarding the existing performance management system and the same is analyzed and inferences are drawn regarding the various aspects of the process of PMS at UML

BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY

Usha Martin Limited was started in 1961 in Ranchi (Jharkhand) as a wire rope manufacturing company Today the Usha Martin Group is a Rs3000 crore conglomerate with a global presence The products are wire rods bright bars steel wires specialty wires wire ropes strand conveyor cord wire drawing and cable machinery

Incorporated in 1960 Mr BK Jhawar the present chairman pioneered itIt was promoted to manufacture steel and wires ropes in a collaboration with Martin Black of Scotland as a joint Indo-British venture From 1st October 1997 this company has been merged with Usha Beltron Ltd which has been renamed as wire and wire ropes division

Usha Martin Limited operates in three business divisions steel wire and wire ropes and others

The steel division manufactures steel wire rods rolled products billets pig iron and allied products

The wire and wire ropes division manufactures steel wires strands wire ropes cord bright bar related accessories including wire drawing and allied machines

The Companyrsquos other division manufactures jelly filled telecommunication cables The Company has overseas manufacturing operations in United Kingdom Dubai

United States Thailand Singapore Australia and Vietnam The Companyrsquos wholly owned subsidiaries include Usha Martin Vietnam Company

Limited (UMVCL) Usha Martin Power amp Resources Limited (UMPRL) and Usha Martin Americas Inc

INDUSTRY ANALYSIS

INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-Usha martin is a huge conglomerate situated15km far from main city Ranchi It has been providing different infrastructural facility like

Accommodation for employees at lower rates Officers association Workers association One guest house clubs for both executives amp non executives medical facility fooding amp transportation facility etc

Competitors Information- 1 Tisco Jamshedpur2 Musco Mumbai3 Rinl vizag4 Siscol sale5 Facor nagpur6 Sun flags Nagpur

Contribution to the Market Share

Usha Martin operates mainly in wire and wire ropes segments which contribute about 65 share to its total revenues There exist no major focused competitior in domestic operations in its wire and wire rope business except for Tata Steel(wires) Competition from unorganised sector doesnrsquot affect demand for its products significantly as consumers prefer branded products due to safety and quality concerns Usha Martin competes with other steel majors in the steel segment Contribution from steel accounts for 30 of its revenue

Future Growth and Prospectus

The companiesrsquo business strategy is to ensure profitable growth in the future which can be through -Realization of synergy gain with Usha Martin to ensure better market positionHigher asset utilization across plant location particularly leveraging the benefits of the upgraded rolling mills as taking steps to optimize use of ideal physical infrastructure asset enriched product makes for higher returns from existing needsStrengthening of exports with an emphasis on consolidating Usha Martin presence in existing market while tapping new regions for export of value added productsCost control efforts including better logistics higher operating efficiencies and improved working capital management Already flourishing in its recent foray into mining operations the company is planning to invest in its iron ore and coal mines sinter plant pellet plant power plants while also enhancing its steel making and value added products capacity with an investment of Rs 2100 croreBut what set Usha Martin apart is its unwavering commitment to social responsibility For over three decades the company has invested ample man-hours and capital on community development projects for integrated prosperity in rural Jharkhand through a CSR arm Krishi Gram Vikas Kendra (KGVK)

Scope Provides all the crucial information on Tata Steel Group required for business and competitor intelligence needs Contains a study of the major internal and external factors affecting USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the form of a SWOT analysis Data is supplemented with details on companyrsquos history key executives business description locations and subsidiaries as well as a list of products and services and the latest available statement from USHA MARTIN LIMITED The companyrsquos strengths and weaknesses and areas of development or decline are analyzed The opportunities open to the company are considered and its growth potential assessed Competitive or technological threats are highlighted The report contains critical company information business structure and operations the company history major products and services key competitors key employees and executive biographies different locations and important subsidiaries

McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL

lsquoHardrsquo variables Strategy plan leading to allocation of resources Structure Organization reporting lines geography etc Systems formal and informal processes used

lsquoSoftrsquo variables Staff demographics of personnel Style behavior of managers when interacting with others Skills core competencies of the firm Shared Value culture which is actually the core element to it all

SkillsA skill refers to how smart an employee does his work with available source In marketing department various steps are taken for staff to develop appropriate new skills for marketing their products The company is able to manufacture over 200 grades of alloy and special steels to meet the specific requirement of individual customersThe steps taken to improve necessary skills of the employees1) On the job training 7 days training for transferred employees 1-year probationary period for newly recruited employees Induction training to promoted employee from non-executive level to executive level 6 months probationary period for all executives who are promoted2) Off the job training Lecture Group discussions case studies Management games Developing presentation skill Conference External training Specific need base training etc

STYLE

Style refers to the flow of orders or method of communication in the organization In Usha Martin Pvt Ltd it is following participative style where in subordinates and their heads will have discussions and then they will take decision Here in Usha Martin all middle level management employees make discussion with their heads and take decision The management of Usha Martin Ltd is completely employee oriented They receive the feedback from the workers and decide on the change in the strategies

1 Top Down Approach

2 Bottom Up Approach

Strategy Specializing in developing and marketing special alloy steels and achieve possible market share in this niche are has been notable strategy adopted by the company Market penetration by the best possible past optimization techniques and achieving price excellence has been another strategy adopted by the company Smart sizing of the company through introduction of Voluntary Retirement Scheme and leveraging most advanced production has been another major strategy adopted by the company Very good selection and development systems adopted coupled with several employee welfare measures has been a notable strategy adopted by the company for attracting and retaining the talent Discharging corporate social responsibility through several society linkage programs in the area of health education and training has been yet another significant strategy adopted by the company Introduction of several quality systems including ISO certification has been yet another strategy adopted by the company for maintaining highest quality standards

SystemInventory Control SystemUsually a firm has to maintain several types of inventories The firm should therefore classify investors to identify which items should receive the most effort on controlling The firm should be selective in its approach to control investment in various types of inventories These analytical approaches are called ABC analysis and tend to measure the significance of each item of inventories in terms of its valueThe high value items are classified as lsquoA itemsrsquo and would be under the tightest control lsquoC itemsrsquo represent relatively least value and would be under simple control lsquoB itemsrsquo fall in between these two categories and require reasonable attention of controlThe ABC analysis concentrates on important items and is also known as ldquocontrol by importance and extensionrdquo So the items are classified as per the importance of their relative value this approach is also known as ldquoproportional value analysisrdquo

StaffThe staffs are graded from L I to L I I for non-executives and E1 to E9 for Executives The qualification for the non-executive employees are SSLC ITI and for executives Diploma and any degree or higher There is totally around 2600 staff members are there

Shared ValueThe company has a common goal to all its concerns and shares the information available in every concern The Usha Martin Ltd has implemented the following main objectivesIt has been able to build the lasting relationships with customers based on trust and mutual benefit It has been able to uphold highest ethical standards in conduct of the business It has been able to create and nurture a culture that supports flexibility learning and is proactive to change It also charted a challenging career for employees with opportunities for advancement and rewards It values the opportunity and responsibility to make a meaningful difference in peoplersquos levels

Swot Analysis- This reflects an important issue facing strategic managers should invest more in knowing their strengthrsquos to make them even stronger or should they invest in weakness to make their competitors weakStrengths-

Well equipped chemical and metallurgical laboratories Satisfied amp loyal customers Location advantage with proximity to major markets (north south east west)The company is known for its quality of alloy amp special steelWeakness-

Out dated technology with regards to production Being a private sector emphasis is more on welfare measures rather than productivity or growth of the organization High overheads and fixed costs Adverse age mix of workers and high average wageOpportunity-

Growing in iron and steel market Competitive environment calls for improvement and increase in productivity Cost advantage with the adoption of sophisticated technologyThreats- Upgraded technology used by other manufacturer helps in supplying the rates which could eat the market share Too many welfare activities lead to the increase in expectations of employees this could at some point of time become a reason for dispute Competition

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Financial statements analysis is ldquoA process of evaluating financial and profitable position of an organization by comparing two or more homogeneous figures and interpreting thereofrdquoAccording to this definition analysis of financial statement is a process by which management will make an effort to draw conclusion on financial and profit position of an organization In order to do this process one has to make comparison of homogeneous figures provides certain information with which inference or conclusion can be drawn

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDYThe major objective of financial statement analysis is to provide decision makers information about business enterprises for use in decision-making Users of financial statement information are the decision makers concerned with evaluating the economic situation of the firm and predicting its future course The major groups of users of financial efficiency of the enterprises are whole subunits (eg Departments) lenders and creditors for determining the creditworthiness and solvency position etcThe different users and decision makers can use financial statement analysis Assessment of past performance and current position Prediction of Net income and Growth prospects

Prediction of bankruptcy and failure Load decisions by financial institutions and Banks

SCOPE OF THE STUDY This study confines itself to the analysis of Usha Martin Ltd On the basis of comparative common size and ratio analysis and the analysis covered a period of four years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 The data used in this analysis has been obtained from the annual reports ie Balance sheets and profit amp loss Account

RATIO ANALYSIS Ratio analysis is the most important tool of analyzing these financial statements (profit amp loss ac and balance sheet)It helps the reader in giving tongue to the mute heaps of figures given in financial statements The figures then speak of liquidity solvency profitability etc of the business enterprise

Classification of ratios(A)LIQUIDITY RATIOCURRENT RATIOThe ratio explains the relationship between current assets and current liabilities of a business This ratio measures the solvency of the company in the short-term Current Ratio - Current assets Current liabilities

Current Assets = Cash in Hand + Cash at Bank + BR + Short-term Investments(Marketable Securities) + Debtors(Debtors- Provision) + Stock(Stock of Finished Goods + Raw Material + Work in Progress) + Prepaid Expenses

Current Liabilities = Bank Overdraft + BP + Creditors + Provision for Taxation + Proposed Dividends + Unclaimed Dividends + Outstanding Expenses + Loans Payable within a year

SignificanceThe ratio is used to assess the firmrsquos ability to meet its short-term liabilities on time A current ratio of 1331 is supposed to be an ideal ratio The higher the ratio the better it is If the current ratio is less than 1331 it indicate loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital

TABLE NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO (Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current AssetsInventories 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Sundry debtors 1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548Cash and bank 517489 370805 463607 764682Other current assets

225640 260942 340486 239621

Loan and advances

1648665 2119931 4024216 2780155

Total current 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 2: Shalini

Self Certification

I hereby certify that I SHALINI PANDEY have successfully completed my internship with USHA MARTIN Ltd RANCHI from 11th June to 11th August 2012 This is also to certify that this report is an original product and no unfair means like copying etc have been used for its completion

Name SHALINI PANDEY

Date 3rd Septemberrsquo2012

Table of Contents

1

Self Certification2

Table of Contents3

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY6

Data Collection Method7

Primary Data Sources7

RESEARCH DESIGN7

BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY9

INDUSTRY ANALYSIS10

INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-10

Competitors Information-10

Contribution to the Market Share10

Future Growth and Prospectus10

Scope11

McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL12

Skills12

STYLE12

Strategy13

System13

Swot Analysis-14

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS14

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY14

SCOPE OF THE STUDY15

RATIO ANALYSIS15

Classification of ratios15

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-1230

INTERPRETATION30

INTERPRETATION31

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-1032

INTERPRETATION32

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-1233

INTERPRETATION33

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-1134

INTERPRETATION34

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-1035

INTERPRETATION35

Overall Summary of Findings36

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION36

Introduction36

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED36

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO38

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)38

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)39

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML39

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world42

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM43

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-43

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED45

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)46

TO46

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)46

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION46

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

A project is something that could not have been materialized without co- operation of many people involved in making this project a reality There are a number of important people I want to thank whose support guidance encouragement and helped me in successful completion of my project I would also like to give my greatest thanks to God who deserves the ultimate praise and credit for all good things in my lifeI take this opportunity to express my profound gratitude for the personal involvement and constructive thinking provided beyond practical knowledge during the project by Mr VK Sachdeva who channelized my raw ideas and gave me the encouragement to pursue my goals Without his help and constant guidance it could be difficult for me to complete my project I wish to express my sincere and heartiest gratitude to Mr ARSinha (my guide at USHA MARTIN) who was always there to give my spirit a boost I am greatly indebted to my faculty and staff members for the tireless hours they have spend in guiding me and providing me the resource As a student specializing in Human resource I came to know about the ground realities in topics like Performance management system My special thanks to my parents and friends who gave consistent and constant help and encouragement in completing this project

INTRODUCTION

Human Resource Management is the function within an organization that focuses on recruitment of management and providing directions for the people who work in the organization Human Resource Management can also be performed by line managers It is concerned with the development of Human Resources ie knowledge capability skill potentialities amp attaining and achieving employee goals including job satisfactionPerformance management system is a management technique intended to holistically consider the performance of employees or machines to work towards optimum performance of a particular task or a group of tasks The effective performance management system includes attracting talented people hiring right person for the right job setting goals and aligning objectives coaching to improve performance It gives supervisors and subordinates an equal opportunity to express themselves under structured conditionsThe major objectives of performance management are to improve the quality of work life by allowing the workers greater influence and involvement in work and the satisfaction obtained from the work to secure the mutual cooperation of employees and employers in achieving industrial peace greater efficiency and productivity in the interest of the enterprise the workers the consumers and the nation Usha Martin has been efficiently and effectively running on the basis of about 413 manpower who are well dedicated towards the management It is essential for an institution like this to bring up workers participation so that the workers can be more involved in their work Usha Martin also ensures effective participation of workers in management

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The internship is a bridge between the institute and the organization This made me to be involved in a project that helped me to employ my theoretical knowledge about the myriad and fascinating facets of HR and finance And in the process I could contribute substantially to the organizationrsquos growth The experience that I gathered over the past 2 months has certainly provided the orientation which I believe will help me in shouldering any responsibility in future Performance management system is an important HRD mechanism It is the systematic process of planning work and setting expectations continually monitoring performance developing the capacity to perform periodically rating performance in a summary fashion and rewarding good performance Based on globally followed HR practices and principles this performance management system provides right tools to engage employees in productive work help employee achieve their goals bring objectivity amp transparency in employee evaluations manage employee trainings manage employee compensations promotion and careers To address the above a survey was conducted to study the different parameters of Performance Management System adopted by Usha martin limited A sample of 30 officers was taken A structured questionnaire was administered to officers of different departments to elicit the information The criteria or measures to evaluate an officerrsquos performance are competence achievement versus objectives key result areas set at beginning of a specific period forming result oriented areas leadership skills team work and attitude Target is set for officers being appraised for a period of 6 months checklist for carrying out appraisals and career planning is followed The study is conducted with respect to understand the different management systems conducted in Usha martin and their effects thereafter in the same

OBJECTIVES

To obtain the required knowledge of subject as a student of HRMTo study the existing performance management system of USHA MARTINTo know the relevance of performance management systemWhether standards of performance are laid for the performance management systemWhat steps are imperative and suggestive to maintain and improve the quality of appraisalTo find out the level of effectiveness of performance measurement systemsTo know the financial position of the company

REASEARCH METHODOLOGY

Research methodology is a way to systematically solve the research problem It may be understood as a science of studying how research is done We can say that research methodology has many dimensions and research methods do constitute a part of the research methodology Knowledge of research methodology plays a key role in project work It consists of series of actions or steps necessary to effectively carry out research and the desired sequencing of these steps Data Collection Method Data can be collected by Primary as well as secondary method Primary Data SourcesQuestionnaire methods and discussions with the HR officers were used to collect data

Questionnaire DesignedQuestionnaire was used for the survey

Secondary Data SourcesThe secondary data sources were collected from the company manuals handbooks and management books and are edited to suite the purpose

RESEARCH DESIGNDescriptive and analytical type of research design was adopted because sources of information are relatively few and the purpose is merely to find and to understand the possible actions conducted under performance management system For the study the relevant questionnaire was prepared and circulated among a stratified sample of 30 officers of USHA MARTIN LIMITED The data thus obtained formed the basis of information regarding the existing performance management system and the same is analyzed and inferences are drawn regarding the various aspects of the process of PMS at UML

BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY

Usha Martin Limited was started in 1961 in Ranchi (Jharkhand) as a wire rope manufacturing company Today the Usha Martin Group is a Rs3000 crore conglomerate with a global presence The products are wire rods bright bars steel wires specialty wires wire ropes strand conveyor cord wire drawing and cable machinery

Incorporated in 1960 Mr BK Jhawar the present chairman pioneered itIt was promoted to manufacture steel and wires ropes in a collaboration with Martin Black of Scotland as a joint Indo-British venture From 1st October 1997 this company has been merged with Usha Beltron Ltd which has been renamed as wire and wire ropes division

Usha Martin Limited operates in three business divisions steel wire and wire ropes and others

The steel division manufactures steel wire rods rolled products billets pig iron and allied products

The wire and wire ropes division manufactures steel wires strands wire ropes cord bright bar related accessories including wire drawing and allied machines

The Companyrsquos other division manufactures jelly filled telecommunication cables The Company has overseas manufacturing operations in United Kingdom Dubai

United States Thailand Singapore Australia and Vietnam The Companyrsquos wholly owned subsidiaries include Usha Martin Vietnam Company

Limited (UMVCL) Usha Martin Power amp Resources Limited (UMPRL) and Usha Martin Americas Inc

INDUSTRY ANALYSIS

INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-Usha martin is a huge conglomerate situated15km far from main city Ranchi It has been providing different infrastructural facility like

Accommodation for employees at lower rates Officers association Workers association One guest house clubs for both executives amp non executives medical facility fooding amp transportation facility etc

Competitors Information- 1 Tisco Jamshedpur2 Musco Mumbai3 Rinl vizag4 Siscol sale5 Facor nagpur6 Sun flags Nagpur

Contribution to the Market Share

Usha Martin operates mainly in wire and wire ropes segments which contribute about 65 share to its total revenues There exist no major focused competitior in domestic operations in its wire and wire rope business except for Tata Steel(wires) Competition from unorganised sector doesnrsquot affect demand for its products significantly as consumers prefer branded products due to safety and quality concerns Usha Martin competes with other steel majors in the steel segment Contribution from steel accounts for 30 of its revenue

Future Growth and Prospectus

The companiesrsquo business strategy is to ensure profitable growth in the future which can be through -Realization of synergy gain with Usha Martin to ensure better market positionHigher asset utilization across plant location particularly leveraging the benefits of the upgraded rolling mills as taking steps to optimize use of ideal physical infrastructure asset enriched product makes for higher returns from existing needsStrengthening of exports with an emphasis on consolidating Usha Martin presence in existing market while tapping new regions for export of value added productsCost control efforts including better logistics higher operating efficiencies and improved working capital management Already flourishing in its recent foray into mining operations the company is planning to invest in its iron ore and coal mines sinter plant pellet plant power plants while also enhancing its steel making and value added products capacity with an investment of Rs 2100 croreBut what set Usha Martin apart is its unwavering commitment to social responsibility For over three decades the company has invested ample man-hours and capital on community development projects for integrated prosperity in rural Jharkhand through a CSR arm Krishi Gram Vikas Kendra (KGVK)

Scope Provides all the crucial information on Tata Steel Group required for business and competitor intelligence needs Contains a study of the major internal and external factors affecting USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the form of a SWOT analysis Data is supplemented with details on companyrsquos history key executives business description locations and subsidiaries as well as a list of products and services and the latest available statement from USHA MARTIN LIMITED The companyrsquos strengths and weaknesses and areas of development or decline are analyzed The opportunities open to the company are considered and its growth potential assessed Competitive or technological threats are highlighted The report contains critical company information business structure and operations the company history major products and services key competitors key employees and executive biographies different locations and important subsidiaries

McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL

lsquoHardrsquo variables Strategy plan leading to allocation of resources Structure Organization reporting lines geography etc Systems formal and informal processes used

lsquoSoftrsquo variables Staff demographics of personnel Style behavior of managers when interacting with others Skills core competencies of the firm Shared Value culture which is actually the core element to it all

SkillsA skill refers to how smart an employee does his work with available source In marketing department various steps are taken for staff to develop appropriate new skills for marketing their products The company is able to manufacture over 200 grades of alloy and special steels to meet the specific requirement of individual customersThe steps taken to improve necessary skills of the employees1) On the job training 7 days training for transferred employees 1-year probationary period for newly recruited employees Induction training to promoted employee from non-executive level to executive level 6 months probationary period for all executives who are promoted2) Off the job training Lecture Group discussions case studies Management games Developing presentation skill Conference External training Specific need base training etc

STYLE

Style refers to the flow of orders or method of communication in the organization In Usha Martin Pvt Ltd it is following participative style where in subordinates and their heads will have discussions and then they will take decision Here in Usha Martin all middle level management employees make discussion with their heads and take decision The management of Usha Martin Ltd is completely employee oriented They receive the feedback from the workers and decide on the change in the strategies

1 Top Down Approach

2 Bottom Up Approach

Strategy Specializing in developing and marketing special alloy steels and achieve possible market share in this niche are has been notable strategy adopted by the company Market penetration by the best possible past optimization techniques and achieving price excellence has been another strategy adopted by the company Smart sizing of the company through introduction of Voluntary Retirement Scheme and leveraging most advanced production has been another major strategy adopted by the company Very good selection and development systems adopted coupled with several employee welfare measures has been a notable strategy adopted by the company for attracting and retaining the talent Discharging corporate social responsibility through several society linkage programs in the area of health education and training has been yet another significant strategy adopted by the company Introduction of several quality systems including ISO certification has been yet another strategy adopted by the company for maintaining highest quality standards

SystemInventory Control SystemUsually a firm has to maintain several types of inventories The firm should therefore classify investors to identify which items should receive the most effort on controlling The firm should be selective in its approach to control investment in various types of inventories These analytical approaches are called ABC analysis and tend to measure the significance of each item of inventories in terms of its valueThe high value items are classified as lsquoA itemsrsquo and would be under the tightest control lsquoC itemsrsquo represent relatively least value and would be under simple control lsquoB itemsrsquo fall in between these two categories and require reasonable attention of controlThe ABC analysis concentrates on important items and is also known as ldquocontrol by importance and extensionrdquo So the items are classified as per the importance of their relative value this approach is also known as ldquoproportional value analysisrdquo

StaffThe staffs are graded from L I to L I I for non-executives and E1 to E9 for Executives The qualification for the non-executive employees are SSLC ITI and for executives Diploma and any degree or higher There is totally around 2600 staff members are there

Shared ValueThe company has a common goal to all its concerns and shares the information available in every concern The Usha Martin Ltd has implemented the following main objectivesIt has been able to build the lasting relationships with customers based on trust and mutual benefit It has been able to uphold highest ethical standards in conduct of the business It has been able to create and nurture a culture that supports flexibility learning and is proactive to change It also charted a challenging career for employees with opportunities for advancement and rewards It values the opportunity and responsibility to make a meaningful difference in peoplersquos levels

Swot Analysis- This reflects an important issue facing strategic managers should invest more in knowing their strengthrsquos to make them even stronger or should they invest in weakness to make their competitors weakStrengths-

Well equipped chemical and metallurgical laboratories Satisfied amp loyal customers Location advantage with proximity to major markets (north south east west)The company is known for its quality of alloy amp special steelWeakness-

Out dated technology with regards to production Being a private sector emphasis is more on welfare measures rather than productivity or growth of the organization High overheads and fixed costs Adverse age mix of workers and high average wageOpportunity-

Growing in iron and steel market Competitive environment calls for improvement and increase in productivity Cost advantage with the adoption of sophisticated technologyThreats- Upgraded technology used by other manufacturer helps in supplying the rates which could eat the market share Too many welfare activities lead to the increase in expectations of employees this could at some point of time become a reason for dispute Competition

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Financial statements analysis is ldquoA process of evaluating financial and profitable position of an organization by comparing two or more homogeneous figures and interpreting thereofrdquoAccording to this definition analysis of financial statement is a process by which management will make an effort to draw conclusion on financial and profit position of an organization In order to do this process one has to make comparison of homogeneous figures provides certain information with which inference or conclusion can be drawn

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDYThe major objective of financial statement analysis is to provide decision makers information about business enterprises for use in decision-making Users of financial statement information are the decision makers concerned with evaluating the economic situation of the firm and predicting its future course The major groups of users of financial efficiency of the enterprises are whole subunits (eg Departments) lenders and creditors for determining the creditworthiness and solvency position etcThe different users and decision makers can use financial statement analysis Assessment of past performance and current position Prediction of Net income and Growth prospects

Prediction of bankruptcy and failure Load decisions by financial institutions and Banks

SCOPE OF THE STUDY This study confines itself to the analysis of Usha Martin Ltd On the basis of comparative common size and ratio analysis and the analysis covered a period of four years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 The data used in this analysis has been obtained from the annual reports ie Balance sheets and profit amp loss Account

RATIO ANALYSIS Ratio analysis is the most important tool of analyzing these financial statements (profit amp loss ac and balance sheet)It helps the reader in giving tongue to the mute heaps of figures given in financial statements The figures then speak of liquidity solvency profitability etc of the business enterprise

Classification of ratios(A)LIQUIDITY RATIOCURRENT RATIOThe ratio explains the relationship between current assets and current liabilities of a business This ratio measures the solvency of the company in the short-term Current Ratio - Current assets Current liabilities

Current Assets = Cash in Hand + Cash at Bank + BR + Short-term Investments(Marketable Securities) + Debtors(Debtors- Provision) + Stock(Stock of Finished Goods + Raw Material + Work in Progress) + Prepaid Expenses

Current Liabilities = Bank Overdraft + BP + Creditors + Provision for Taxation + Proposed Dividends + Unclaimed Dividends + Outstanding Expenses + Loans Payable within a year

SignificanceThe ratio is used to assess the firmrsquos ability to meet its short-term liabilities on time A current ratio of 1331 is supposed to be an ideal ratio The higher the ratio the better it is If the current ratio is less than 1331 it indicate loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital

TABLE NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO (Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current AssetsInventories 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Sundry debtors 1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548Cash and bank 517489 370805 463607 764682Other current assets

225640 260942 340486 239621

Loan and advances

1648665 2119931 4024216 2780155

Total current 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 3: Shalini

1

Self Certification2

Table of Contents3

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY6

Data Collection Method7

Primary Data Sources7

RESEARCH DESIGN7

BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY9

INDUSTRY ANALYSIS10

INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-10

Competitors Information-10

Contribution to the Market Share10

Future Growth and Prospectus10

Scope11

McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL12

Skills12

STYLE12

Strategy13

System13

Swot Analysis-14

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS14

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY14

SCOPE OF THE STUDY15

RATIO ANALYSIS15

Classification of ratios15

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-1230

INTERPRETATION30

INTERPRETATION31

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-1032

INTERPRETATION32

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-1233

INTERPRETATION33

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-1134

INTERPRETATION34

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-1035

INTERPRETATION35

Overall Summary of Findings36

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION36

Introduction36

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED36

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO38

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)38

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)39

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML39

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world42

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM43

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-43

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED45

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)46

TO46

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)46

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION46

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

A project is something that could not have been materialized without co- operation of many people involved in making this project a reality There are a number of important people I want to thank whose support guidance encouragement and helped me in successful completion of my project I would also like to give my greatest thanks to God who deserves the ultimate praise and credit for all good things in my lifeI take this opportunity to express my profound gratitude for the personal involvement and constructive thinking provided beyond practical knowledge during the project by Mr VK Sachdeva who channelized my raw ideas and gave me the encouragement to pursue my goals Without his help and constant guidance it could be difficult for me to complete my project I wish to express my sincere and heartiest gratitude to Mr ARSinha (my guide at USHA MARTIN) who was always there to give my spirit a boost I am greatly indebted to my faculty and staff members for the tireless hours they have spend in guiding me and providing me the resource As a student specializing in Human resource I came to know about the ground realities in topics like Performance management system My special thanks to my parents and friends who gave consistent and constant help and encouragement in completing this project

INTRODUCTION

Human Resource Management is the function within an organization that focuses on recruitment of management and providing directions for the people who work in the organization Human Resource Management can also be performed by line managers It is concerned with the development of Human Resources ie knowledge capability skill potentialities amp attaining and achieving employee goals including job satisfactionPerformance management system is a management technique intended to holistically consider the performance of employees or machines to work towards optimum performance of a particular task or a group of tasks The effective performance management system includes attracting talented people hiring right person for the right job setting goals and aligning objectives coaching to improve performance It gives supervisors and subordinates an equal opportunity to express themselves under structured conditionsThe major objectives of performance management are to improve the quality of work life by allowing the workers greater influence and involvement in work and the satisfaction obtained from the work to secure the mutual cooperation of employees and employers in achieving industrial peace greater efficiency and productivity in the interest of the enterprise the workers the consumers and the nation Usha Martin has been efficiently and effectively running on the basis of about 413 manpower who are well dedicated towards the management It is essential for an institution like this to bring up workers participation so that the workers can be more involved in their work Usha Martin also ensures effective participation of workers in management

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The internship is a bridge between the institute and the organization This made me to be involved in a project that helped me to employ my theoretical knowledge about the myriad and fascinating facets of HR and finance And in the process I could contribute substantially to the organizationrsquos growth The experience that I gathered over the past 2 months has certainly provided the orientation which I believe will help me in shouldering any responsibility in future Performance management system is an important HRD mechanism It is the systematic process of planning work and setting expectations continually monitoring performance developing the capacity to perform periodically rating performance in a summary fashion and rewarding good performance Based on globally followed HR practices and principles this performance management system provides right tools to engage employees in productive work help employee achieve their goals bring objectivity amp transparency in employee evaluations manage employee trainings manage employee compensations promotion and careers To address the above a survey was conducted to study the different parameters of Performance Management System adopted by Usha martin limited A sample of 30 officers was taken A structured questionnaire was administered to officers of different departments to elicit the information The criteria or measures to evaluate an officerrsquos performance are competence achievement versus objectives key result areas set at beginning of a specific period forming result oriented areas leadership skills team work and attitude Target is set for officers being appraised for a period of 6 months checklist for carrying out appraisals and career planning is followed The study is conducted with respect to understand the different management systems conducted in Usha martin and their effects thereafter in the same

OBJECTIVES

To obtain the required knowledge of subject as a student of HRMTo study the existing performance management system of USHA MARTINTo know the relevance of performance management systemWhether standards of performance are laid for the performance management systemWhat steps are imperative and suggestive to maintain and improve the quality of appraisalTo find out the level of effectiveness of performance measurement systemsTo know the financial position of the company

REASEARCH METHODOLOGY

Research methodology is a way to systematically solve the research problem It may be understood as a science of studying how research is done We can say that research methodology has many dimensions and research methods do constitute a part of the research methodology Knowledge of research methodology plays a key role in project work It consists of series of actions or steps necessary to effectively carry out research and the desired sequencing of these steps Data Collection Method Data can be collected by Primary as well as secondary method Primary Data SourcesQuestionnaire methods and discussions with the HR officers were used to collect data

Questionnaire DesignedQuestionnaire was used for the survey

Secondary Data SourcesThe secondary data sources were collected from the company manuals handbooks and management books and are edited to suite the purpose

RESEARCH DESIGNDescriptive and analytical type of research design was adopted because sources of information are relatively few and the purpose is merely to find and to understand the possible actions conducted under performance management system For the study the relevant questionnaire was prepared and circulated among a stratified sample of 30 officers of USHA MARTIN LIMITED The data thus obtained formed the basis of information regarding the existing performance management system and the same is analyzed and inferences are drawn regarding the various aspects of the process of PMS at UML

BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY

Usha Martin Limited was started in 1961 in Ranchi (Jharkhand) as a wire rope manufacturing company Today the Usha Martin Group is a Rs3000 crore conglomerate with a global presence The products are wire rods bright bars steel wires specialty wires wire ropes strand conveyor cord wire drawing and cable machinery

Incorporated in 1960 Mr BK Jhawar the present chairman pioneered itIt was promoted to manufacture steel and wires ropes in a collaboration with Martin Black of Scotland as a joint Indo-British venture From 1st October 1997 this company has been merged with Usha Beltron Ltd which has been renamed as wire and wire ropes division

Usha Martin Limited operates in three business divisions steel wire and wire ropes and others

The steel division manufactures steel wire rods rolled products billets pig iron and allied products

The wire and wire ropes division manufactures steel wires strands wire ropes cord bright bar related accessories including wire drawing and allied machines

The Companyrsquos other division manufactures jelly filled telecommunication cables The Company has overseas manufacturing operations in United Kingdom Dubai

United States Thailand Singapore Australia and Vietnam The Companyrsquos wholly owned subsidiaries include Usha Martin Vietnam Company

Limited (UMVCL) Usha Martin Power amp Resources Limited (UMPRL) and Usha Martin Americas Inc

INDUSTRY ANALYSIS

INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-Usha martin is a huge conglomerate situated15km far from main city Ranchi It has been providing different infrastructural facility like

Accommodation for employees at lower rates Officers association Workers association One guest house clubs for both executives amp non executives medical facility fooding amp transportation facility etc

Competitors Information- 1 Tisco Jamshedpur2 Musco Mumbai3 Rinl vizag4 Siscol sale5 Facor nagpur6 Sun flags Nagpur

Contribution to the Market Share

Usha Martin operates mainly in wire and wire ropes segments which contribute about 65 share to its total revenues There exist no major focused competitior in domestic operations in its wire and wire rope business except for Tata Steel(wires) Competition from unorganised sector doesnrsquot affect demand for its products significantly as consumers prefer branded products due to safety and quality concerns Usha Martin competes with other steel majors in the steel segment Contribution from steel accounts for 30 of its revenue

Future Growth and Prospectus

The companiesrsquo business strategy is to ensure profitable growth in the future which can be through -Realization of synergy gain with Usha Martin to ensure better market positionHigher asset utilization across plant location particularly leveraging the benefits of the upgraded rolling mills as taking steps to optimize use of ideal physical infrastructure asset enriched product makes for higher returns from existing needsStrengthening of exports with an emphasis on consolidating Usha Martin presence in existing market while tapping new regions for export of value added productsCost control efforts including better logistics higher operating efficiencies and improved working capital management Already flourishing in its recent foray into mining operations the company is planning to invest in its iron ore and coal mines sinter plant pellet plant power plants while also enhancing its steel making and value added products capacity with an investment of Rs 2100 croreBut what set Usha Martin apart is its unwavering commitment to social responsibility For over three decades the company has invested ample man-hours and capital on community development projects for integrated prosperity in rural Jharkhand through a CSR arm Krishi Gram Vikas Kendra (KGVK)

Scope Provides all the crucial information on Tata Steel Group required for business and competitor intelligence needs Contains a study of the major internal and external factors affecting USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the form of a SWOT analysis Data is supplemented with details on companyrsquos history key executives business description locations and subsidiaries as well as a list of products and services and the latest available statement from USHA MARTIN LIMITED The companyrsquos strengths and weaknesses and areas of development or decline are analyzed The opportunities open to the company are considered and its growth potential assessed Competitive or technological threats are highlighted The report contains critical company information business structure and operations the company history major products and services key competitors key employees and executive biographies different locations and important subsidiaries

McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL

lsquoHardrsquo variables Strategy plan leading to allocation of resources Structure Organization reporting lines geography etc Systems formal and informal processes used

lsquoSoftrsquo variables Staff demographics of personnel Style behavior of managers when interacting with others Skills core competencies of the firm Shared Value culture which is actually the core element to it all

SkillsA skill refers to how smart an employee does his work with available source In marketing department various steps are taken for staff to develop appropriate new skills for marketing their products The company is able to manufacture over 200 grades of alloy and special steels to meet the specific requirement of individual customersThe steps taken to improve necessary skills of the employees1) On the job training 7 days training for transferred employees 1-year probationary period for newly recruited employees Induction training to promoted employee from non-executive level to executive level 6 months probationary period for all executives who are promoted2) Off the job training Lecture Group discussions case studies Management games Developing presentation skill Conference External training Specific need base training etc

STYLE

Style refers to the flow of orders or method of communication in the organization In Usha Martin Pvt Ltd it is following participative style where in subordinates and their heads will have discussions and then they will take decision Here in Usha Martin all middle level management employees make discussion with their heads and take decision The management of Usha Martin Ltd is completely employee oriented They receive the feedback from the workers and decide on the change in the strategies

1 Top Down Approach

2 Bottom Up Approach

Strategy Specializing in developing and marketing special alloy steels and achieve possible market share in this niche are has been notable strategy adopted by the company Market penetration by the best possible past optimization techniques and achieving price excellence has been another strategy adopted by the company Smart sizing of the company through introduction of Voluntary Retirement Scheme and leveraging most advanced production has been another major strategy adopted by the company Very good selection and development systems adopted coupled with several employee welfare measures has been a notable strategy adopted by the company for attracting and retaining the talent Discharging corporate social responsibility through several society linkage programs in the area of health education and training has been yet another significant strategy adopted by the company Introduction of several quality systems including ISO certification has been yet another strategy adopted by the company for maintaining highest quality standards

SystemInventory Control SystemUsually a firm has to maintain several types of inventories The firm should therefore classify investors to identify which items should receive the most effort on controlling The firm should be selective in its approach to control investment in various types of inventories These analytical approaches are called ABC analysis and tend to measure the significance of each item of inventories in terms of its valueThe high value items are classified as lsquoA itemsrsquo and would be under the tightest control lsquoC itemsrsquo represent relatively least value and would be under simple control lsquoB itemsrsquo fall in between these two categories and require reasonable attention of controlThe ABC analysis concentrates on important items and is also known as ldquocontrol by importance and extensionrdquo So the items are classified as per the importance of their relative value this approach is also known as ldquoproportional value analysisrdquo

StaffThe staffs are graded from L I to L I I for non-executives and E1 to E9 for Executives The qualification for the non-executive employees are SSLC ITI and for executives Diploma and any degree or higher There is totally around 2600 staff members are there

Shared ValueThe company has a common goal to all its concerns and shares the information available in every concern The Usha Martin Ltd has implemented the following main objectivesIt has been able to build the lasting relationships with customers based on trust and mutual benefit It has been able to uphold highest ethical standards in conduct of the business It has been able to create and nurture a culture that supports flexibility learning and is proactive to change It also charted a challenging career for employees with opportunities for advancement and rewards It values the opportunity and responsibility to make a meaningful difference in peoplersquos levels

Swot Analysis- This reflects an important issue facing strategic managers should invest more in knowing their strengthrsquos to make them even stronger or should they invest in weakness to make their competitors weakStrengths-

Well equipped chemical and metallurgical laboratories Satisfied amp loyal customers Location advantage with proximity to major markets (north south east west)The company is known for its quality of alloy amp special steelWeakness-

Out dated technology with regards to production Being a private sector emphasis is more on welfare measures rather than productivity or growth of the organization High overheads and fixed costs Adverse age mix of workers and high average wageOpportunity-

Growing in iron and steel market Competitive environment calls for improvement and increase in productivity Cost advantage with the adoption of sophisticated technologyThreats- Upgraded technology used by other manufacturer helps in supplying the rates which could eat the market share Too many welfare activities lead to the increase in expectations of employees this could at some point of time become a reason for dispute Competition

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Financial statements analysis is ldquoA process of evaluating financial and profitable position of an organization by comparing two or more homogeneous figures and interpreting thereofrdquoAccording to this definition analysis of financial statement is a process by which management will make an effort to draw conclusion on financial and profit position of an organization In order to do this process one has to make comparison of homogeneous figures provides certain information with which inference or conclusion can be drawn

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDYThe major objective of financial statement analysis is to provide decision makers information about business enterprises for use in decision-making Users of financial statement information are the decision makers concerned with evaluating the economic situation of the firm and predicting its future course The major groups of users of financial efficiency of the enterprises are whole subunits (eg Departments) lenders and creditors for determining the creditworthiness and solvency position etcThe different users and decision makers can use financial statement analysis Assessment of past performance and current position Prediction of Net income and Growth prospects

Prediction of bankruptcy and failure Load decisions by financial institutions and Banks

SCOPE OF THE STUDY This study confines itself to the analysis of Usha Martin Ltd On the basis of comparative common size and ratio analysis and the analysis covered a period of four years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 The data used in this analysis has been obtained from the annual reports ie Balance sheets and profit amp loss Account

RATIO ANALYSIS Ratio analysis is the most important tool of analyzing these financial statements (profit amp loss ac and balance sheet)It helps the reader in giving tongue to the mute heaps of figures given in financial statements The figures then speak of liquidity solvency profitability etc of the business enterprise

Classification of ratios(A)LIQUIDITY RATIOCURRENT RATIOThe ratio explains the relationship between current assets and current liabilities of a business This ratio measures the solvency of the company in the short-term Current Ratio - Current assets Current liabilities

Current Assets = Cash in Hand + Cash at Bank + BR + Short-term Investments(Marketable Securities) + Debtors(Debtors- Provision) + Stock(Stock of Finished Goods + Raw Material + Work in Progress) + Prepaid Expenses

Current Liabilities = Bank Overdraft + BP + Creditors + Provision for Taxation + Proposed Dividends + Unclaimed Dividends + Outstanding Expenses + Loans Payable within a year

SignificanceThe ratio is used to assess the firmrsquos ability to meet its short-term liabilities on time A current ratio of 1331 is supposed to be an ideal ratio The higher the ratio the better it is If the current ratio is less than 1331 it indicate loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital

TABLE NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO (Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current AssetsInventories 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Sundry debtors 1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548Cash and bank 517489 370805 463607 764682Other current assets

225640 260942 340486 239621

Loan and advances

1648665 2119931 4024216 2780155

Total current 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 4: Shalini

INTERPRETATION33

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-1134

INTERPRETATION34

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-1035

INTERPRETATION35

Overall Summary of Findings36

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION36

Introduction36

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED36

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO38

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)38

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)39

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML39

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world42

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM43

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-43

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED45

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)46

TO46

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)46

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION46

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

A project is something that could not have been materialized without co- operation of many people involved in making this project a reality There are a number of important people I want to thank whose support guidance encouragement and helped me in successful completion of my project I would also like to give my greatest thanks to God who deserves the ultimate praise and credit for all good things in my lifeI take this opportunity to express my profound gratitude for the personal involvement and constructive thinking provided beyond practical knowledge during the project by Mr VK Sachdeva who channelized my raw ideas and gave me the encouragement to pursue my goals Without his help and constant guidance it could be difficult for me to complete my project I wish to express my sincere and heartiest gratitude to Mr ARSinha (my guide at USHA MARTIN) who was always there to give my spirit a boost I am greatly indebted to my faculty and staff members for the tireless hours they have spend in guiding me and providing me the resource As a student specializing in Human resource I came to know about the ground realities in topics like Performance management system My special thanks to my parents and friends who gave consistent and constant help and encouragement in completing this project

INTRODUCTION

Human Resource Management is the function within an organization that focuses on recruitment of management and providing directions for the people who work in the organization Human Resource Management can also be performed by line managers It is concerned with the development of Human Resources ie knowledge capability skill potentialities amp attaining and achieving employee goals including job satisfactionPerformance management system is a management technique intended to holistically consider the performance of employees or machines to work towards optimum performance of a particular task or a group of tasks The effective performance management system includes attracting talented people hiring right person for the right job setting goals and aligning objectives coaching to improve performance It gives supervisors and subordinates an equal opportunity to express themselves under structured conditionsThe major objectives of performance management are to improve the quality of work life by allowing the workers greater influence and involvement in work and the satisfaction obtained from the work to secure the mutual cooperation of employees and employers in achieving industrial peace greater efficiency and productivity in the interest of the enterprise the workers the consumers and the nation Usha Martin has been efficiently and effectively running on the basis of about 413 manpower who are well dedicated towards the management It is essential for an institution like this to bring up workers participation so that the workers can be more involved in their work Usha Martin also ensures effective participation of workers in management

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The internship is a bridge between the institute and the organization This made me to be involved in a project that helped me to employ my theoretical knowledge about the myriad and fascinating facets of HR and finance And in the process I could contribute substantially to the organizationrsquos growth The experience that I gathered over the past 2 months has certainly provided the orientation which I believe will help me in shouldering any responsibility in future Performance management system is an important HRD mechanism It is the systematic process of planning work and setting expectations continually monitoring performance developing the capacity to perform periodically rating performance in a summary fashion and rewarding good performance Based on globally followed HR practices and principles this performance management system provides right tools to engage employees in productive work help employee achieve their goals bring objectivity amp transparency in employee evaluations manage employee trainings manage employee compensations promotion and careers To address the above a survey was conducted to study the different parameters of Performance Management System adopted by Usha martin limited A sample of 30 officers was taken A structured questionnaire was administered to officers of different departments to elicit the information The criteria or measures to evaluate an officerrsquos performance are competence achievement versus objectives key result areas set at beginning of a specific period forming result oriented areas leadership skills team work and attitude Target is set for officers being appraised for a period of 6 months checklist for carrying out appraisals and career planning is followed The study is conducted with respect to understand the different management systems conducted in Usha martin and their effects thereafter in the same

OBJECTIVES

To obtain the required knowledge of subject as a student of HRMTo study the existing performance management system of USHA MARTINTo know the relevance of performance management systemWhether standards of performance are laid for the performance management systemWhat steps are imperative and suggestive to maintain and improve the quality of appraisalTo find out the level of effectiveness of performance measurement systemsTo know the financial position of the company

REASEARCH METHODOLOGY

Research methodology is a way to systematically solve the research problem It may be understood as a science of studying how research is done We can say that research methodology has many dimensions and research methods do constitute a part of the research methodology Knowledge of research methodology plays a key role in project work It consists of series of actions or steps necessary to effectively carry out research and the desired sequencing of these steps Data Collection Method Data can be collected by Primary as well as secondary method Primary Data SourcesQuestionnaire methods and discussions with the HR officers were used to collect data

Questionnaire DesignedQuestionnaire was used for the survey

Secondary Data SourcesThe secondary data sources were collected from the company manuals handbooks and management books and are edited to suite the purpose

RESEARCH DESIGNDescriptive and analytical type of research design was adopted because sources of information are relatively few and the purpose is merely to find and to understand the possible actions conducted under performance management system For the study the relevant questionnaire was prepared and circulated among a stratified sample of 30 officers of USHA MARTIN LIMITED The data thus obtained formed the basis of information regarding the existing performance management system and the same is analyzed and inferences are drawn regarding the various aspects of the process of PMS at UML

BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY

Usha Martin Limited was started in 1961 in Ranchi (Jharkhand) as a wire rope manufacturing company Today the Usha Martin Group is a Rs3000 crore conglomerate with a global presence The products are wire rods bright bars steel wires specialty wires wire ropes strand conveyor cord wire drawing and cable machinery

Incorporated in 1960 Mr BK Jhawar the present chairman pioneered itIt was promoted to manufacture steel and wires ropes in a collaboration with Martin Black of Scotland as a joint Indo-British venture From 1st October 1997 this company has been merged with Usha Beltron Ltd which has been renamed as wire and wire ropes division

Usha Martin Limited operates in three business divisions steel wire and wire ropes and others

The steel division manufactures steel wire rods rolled products billets pig iron and allied products

The wire and wire ropes division manufactures steel wires strands wire ropes cord bright bar related accessories including wire drawing and allied machines

The Companyrsquos other division manufactures jelly filled telecommunication cables The Company has overseas manufacturing operations in United Kingdom Dubai

United States Thailand Singapore Australia and Vietnam The Companyrsquos wholly owned subsidiaries include Usha Martin Vietnam Company

Limited (UMVCL) Usha Martin Power amp Resources Limited (UMPRL) and Usha Martin Americas Inc

INDUSTRY ANALYSIS

INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-Usha martin is a huge conglomerate situated15km far from main city Ranchi It has been providing different infrastructural facility like

Accommodation for employees at lower rates Officers association Workers association One guest house clubs for both executives amp non executives medical facility fooding amp transportation facility etc

Competitors Information- 1 Tisco Jamshedpur2 Musco Mumbai3 Rinl vizag4 Siscol sale5 Facor nagpur6 Sun flags Nagpur

Contribution to the Market Share

Usha Martin operates mainly in wire and wire ropes segments which contribute about 65 share to its total revenues There exist no major focused competitior in domestic operations in its wire and wire rope business except for Tata Steel(wires) Competition from unorganised sector doesnrsquot affect demand for its products significantly as consumers prefer branded products due to safety and quality concerns Usha Martin competes with other steel majors in the steel segment Contribution from steel accounts for 30 of its revenue

Future Growth and Prospectus

The companiesrsquo business strategy is to ensure profitable growth in the future which can be through -Realization of synergy gain with Usha Martin to ensure better market positionHigher asset utilization across plant location particularly leveraging the benefits of the upgraded rolling mills as taking steps to optimize use of ideal physical infrastructure asset enriched product makes for higher returns from existing needsStrengthening of exports with an emphasis on consolidating Usha Martin presence in existing market while tapping new regions for export of value added productsCost control efforts including better logistics higher operating efficiencies and improved working capital management Already flourishing in its recent foray into mining operations the company is planning to invest in its iron ore and coal mines sinter plant pellet plant power plants while also enhancing its steel making and value added products capacity with an investment of Rs 2100 croreBut what set Usha Martin apart is its unwavering commitment to social responsibility For over three decades the company has invested ample man-hours and capital on community development projects for integrated prosperity in rural Jharkhand through a CSR arm Krishi Gram Vikas Kendra (KGVK)

Scope Provides all the crucial information on Tata Steel Group required for business and competitor intelligence needs Contains a study of the major internal and external factors affecting USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the form of a SWOT analysis Data is supplemented with details on companyrsquos history key executives business description locations and subsidiaries as well as a list of products and services and the latest available statement from USHA MARTIN LIMITED The companyrsquos strengths and weaknesses and areas of development or decline are analyzed The opportunities open to the company are considered and its growth potential assessed Competitive or technological threats are highlighted The report contains critical company information business structure and operations the company history major products and services key competitors key employees and executive biographies different locations and important subsidiaries

McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL

lsquoHardrsquo variables Strategy plan leading to allocation of resources Structure Organization reporting lines geography etc Systems formal and informal processes used

lsquoSoftrsquo variables Staff demographics of personnel Style behavior of managers when interacting with others Skills core competencies of the firm Shared Value culture which is actually the core element to it all

SkillsA skill refers to how smart an employee does his work with available source In marketing department various steps are taken for staff to develop appropriate new skills for marketing their products The company is able to manufacture over 200 grades of alloy and special steels to meet the specific requirement of individual customersThe steps taken to improve necessary skills of the employees1) On the job training 7 days training for transferred employees 1-year probationary period for newly recruited employees Induction training to promoted employee from non-executive level to executive level 6 months probationary period for all executives who are promoted2) Off the job training Lecture Group discussions case studies Management games Developing presentation skill Conference External training Specific need base training etc

STYLE

Style refers to the flow of orders or method of communication in the organization In Usha Martin Pvt Ltd it is following participative style where in subordinates and their heads will have discussions and then they will take decision Here in Usha Martin all middle level management employees make discussion with their heads and take decision The management of Usha Martin Ltd is completely employee oriented They receive the feedback from the workers and decide on the change in the strategies

1 Top Down Approach

2 Bottom Up Approach

Strategy Specializing in developing and marketing special alloy steels and achieve possible market share in this niche are has been notable strategy adopted by the company Market penetration by the best possible past optimization techniques and achieving price excellence has been another strategy adopted by the company Smart sizing of the company through introduction of Voluntary Retirement Scheme and leveraging most advanced production has been another major strategy adopted by the company Very good selection and development systems adopted coupled with several employee welfare measures has been a notable strategy adopted by the company for attracting and retaining the talent Discharging corporate social responsibility through several society linkage programs in the area of health education and training has been yet another significant strategy adopted by the company Introduction of several quality systems including ISO certification has been yet another strategy adopted by the company for maintaining highest quality standards

SystemInventory Control SystemUsually a firm has to maintain several types of inventories The firm should therefore classify investors to identify which items should receive the most effort on controlling The firm should be selective in its approach to control investment in various types of inventories These analytical approaches are called ABC analysis and tend to measure the significance of each item of inventories in terms of its valueThe high value items are classified as lsquoA itemsrsquo and would be under the tightest control lsquoC itemsrsquo represent relatively least value and would be under simple control lsquoB itemsrsquo fall in between these two categories and require reasonable attention of controlThe ABC analysis concentrates on important items and is also known as ldquocontrol by importance and extensionrdquo So the items are classified as per the importance of their relative value this approach is also known as ldquoproportional value analysisrdquo

StaffThe staffs are graded from L I to L I I for non-executives and E1 to E9 for Executives The qualification for the non-executive employees are SSLC ITI and for executives Diploma and any degree or higher There is totally around 2600 staff members are there

Shared ValueThe company has a common goal to all its concerns and shares the information available in every concern The Usha Martin Ltd has implemented the following main objectivesIt has been able to build the lasting relationships with customers based on trust and mutual benefit It has been able to uphold highest ethical standards in conduct of the business It has been able to create and nurture a culture that supports flexibility learning and is proactive to change It also charted a challenging career for employees with opportunities for advancement and rewards It values the opportunity and responsibility to make a meaningful difference in peoplersquos levels

Swot Analysis- This reflects an important issue facing strategic managers should invest more in knowing their strengthrsquos to make them even stronger or should they invest in weakness to make their competitors weakStrengths-

Well equipped chemical and metallurgical laboratories Satisfied amp loyal customers Location advantage with proximity to major markets (north south east west)The company is known for its quality of alloy amp special steelWeakness-

Out dated technology with regards to production Being a private sector emphasis is more on welfare measures rather than productivity or growth of the organization High overheads and fixed costs Adverse age mix of workers and high average wageOpportunity-

Growing in iron and steel market Competitive environment calls for improvement and increase in productivity Cost advantage with the adoption of sophisticated technologyThreats- Upgraded technology used by other manufacturer helps in supplying the rates which could eat the market share Too many welfare activities lead to the increase in expectations of employees this could at some point of time become a reason for dispute Competition

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Financial statements analysis is ldquoA process of evaluating financial and profitable position of an organization by comparing two or more homogeneous figures and interpreting thereofrdquoAccording to this definition analysis of financial statement is a process by which management will make an effort to draw conclusion on financial and profit position of an organization In order to do this process one has to make comparison of homogeneous figures provides certain information with which inference or conclusion can be drawn

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDYThe major objective of financial statement analysis is to provide decision makers information about business enterprises for use in decision-making Users of financial statement information are the decision makers concerned with evaluating the economic situation of the firm and predicting its future course The major groups of users of financial efficiency of the enterprises are whole subunits (eg Departments) lenders and creditors for determining the creditworthiness and solvency position etcThe different users and decision makers can use financial statement analysis Assessment of past performance and current position Prediction of Net income and Growth prospects

Prediction of bankruptcy and failure Load decisions by financial institutions and Banks

SCOPE OF THE STUDY This study confines itself to the analysis of Usha Martin Ltd On the basis of comparative common size and ratio analysis and the analysis covered a period of four years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 The data used in this analysis has been obtained from the annual reports ie Balance sheets and profit amp loss Account

RATIO ANALYSIS Ratio analysis is the most important tool of analyzing these financial statements (profit amp loss ac and balance sheet)It helps the reader in giving tongue to the mute heaps of figures given in financial statements The figures then speak of liquidity solvency profitability etc of the business enterprise

Classification of ratios(A)LIQUIDITY RATIOCURRENT RATIOThe ratio explains the relationship between current assets and current liabilities of a business This ratio measures the solvency of the company in the short-term Current Ratio - Current assets Current liabilities

Current Assets = Cash in Hand + Cash at Bank + BR + Short-term Investments(Marketable Securities) + Debtors(Debtors- Provision) + Stock(Stock of Finished Goods + Raw Material + Work in Progress) + Prepaid Expenses

Current Liabilities = Bank Overdraft + BP + Creditors + Provision for Taxation + Proposed Dividends + Unclaimed Dividends + Outstanding Expenses + Loans Payable within a year

SignificanceThe ratio is used to assess the firmrsquos ability to meet its short-term liabilities on time A current ratio of 1331 is supposed to be an ideal ratio The higher the ratio the better it is If the current ratio is less than 1331 it indicate loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital

TABLE NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO (Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current AssetsInventories 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Sundry debtors 1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548Cash and bank 517489 370805 463607 764682Other current assets

225640 260942 340486 239621

Loan and advances

1648665 2119931 4024216 2780155

Total current 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 5: Shalini

A project is something that could not have been materialized without co- operation of many people involved in making this project a reality There are a number of important people I want to thank whose support guidance encouragement and helped me in successful completion of my project I would also like to give my greatest thanks to God who deserves the ultimate praise and credit for all good things in my lifeI take this opportunity to express my profound gratitude for the personal involvement and constructive thinking provided beyond practical knowledge during the project by Mr VK Sachdeva who channelized my raw ideas and gave me the encouragement to pursue my goals Without his help and constant guidance it could be difficult for me to complete my project I wish to express my sincere and heartiest gratitude to Mr ARSinha (my guide at USHA MARTIN) who was always there to give my spirit a boost I am greatly indebted to my faculty and staff members for the tireless hours they have spend in guiding me and providing me the resource As a student specializing in Human resource I came to know about the ground realities in topics like Performance management system My special thanks to my parents and friends who gave consistent and constant help and encouragement in completing this project

INTRODUCTION

Human Resource Management is the function within an organization that focuses on recruitment of management and providing directions for the people who work in the organization Human Resource Management can also be performed by line managers It is concerned with the development of Human Resources ie knowledge capability skill potentialities amp attaining and achieving employee goals including job satisfactionPerformance management system is a management technique intended to holistically consider the performance of employees or machines to work towards optimum performance of a particular task or a group of tasks The effective performance management system includes attracting talented people hiring right person for the right job setting goals and aligning objectives coaching to improve performance It gives supervisors and subordinates an equal opportunity to express themselves under structured conditionsThe major objectives of performance management are to improve the quality of work life by allowing the workers greater influence and involvement in work and the satisfaction obtained from the work to secure the mutual cooperation of employees and employers in achieving industrial peace greater efficiency and productivity in the interest of the enterprise the workers the consumers and the nation Usha Martin has been efficiently and effectively running on the basis of about 413 manpower who are well dedicated towards the management It is essential for an institution like this to bring up workers participation so that the workers can be more involved in their work Usha Martin also ensures effective participation of workers in management

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The internship is a bridge between the institute and the organization This made me to be involved in a project that helped me to employ my theoretical knowledge about the myriad and fascinating facets of HR and finance And in the process I could contribute substantially to the organizationrsquos growth The experience that I gathered over the past 2 months has certainly provided the orientation which I believe will help me in shouldering any responsibility in future Performance management system is an important HRD mechanism It is the systematic process of planning work and setting expectations continually monitoring performance developing the capacity to perform periodically rating performance in a summary fashion and rewarding good performance Based on globally followed HR practices and principles this performance management system provides right tools to engage employees in productive work help employee achieve their goals bring objectivity amp transparency in employee evaluations manage employee trainings manage employee compensations promotion and careers To address the above a survey was conducted to study the different parameters of Performance Management System adopted by Usha martin limited A sample of 30 officers was taken A structured questionnaire was administered to officers of different departments to elicit the information The criteria or measures to evaluate an officerrsquos performance are competence achievement versus objectives key result areas set at beginning of a specific period forming result oriented areas leadership skills team work and attitude Target is set for officers being appraised for a period of 6 months checklist for carrying out appraisals and career planning is followed The study is conducted with respect to understand the different management systems conducted in Usha martin and their effects thereafter in the same

OBJECTIVES

To obtain the required knowledge of subject as a student of HRMTo study the existing performance management system of USHA MARTINTo know the relevance of performance management systemWhether standards of performance are laid for the performance management systemWhat steps are imperative and suggestive to maintain and improve the quality of appraisalTo find out the level of effectiveness of performance measurement systemsTo know the financial position of the company

REASEARCH METHODOLOGY

Research methodology is a way to systematically solve the research problem It may be understood as a science of studying how research is done We can say that research methodology has many dimensions and research methods do constitute a part of the research methodology Knowledge of research methodology plays a key role in project work It consists of series of actions or steps necessary to effectively carry out research and the desired sequencing of these steps Data Collection Method Data can be collected by Primary as well as secondary method Primary Data SourcesQuestionnaire methods and discussions with the HR officers were used to collect data

Questionnaire DesignedQuestionnaire was used for the survey

Secondary Data SourcesThe secondary data sources were collected from the company manuals handbooks and management books and are edited to suite the purpose

RESEARCH DESIGNDescriptive and analytical type of research design was adopted because sources of information are relatively few and the purpose is merely to find and to understand the possible actions conducted under performance management system For the study the relevant questionnaire was prepared and circulated among a stratified sample of 30 officers of USHA MARTIN LIMITED The data thus obtained formed the basis of information regarding the existing performance management system and the same is analyzed and inferences are drawn regarding the various aspects of the process of PMS at UML

BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY

Usha Martin Limited was started in 1961 in Ranchi (Jharkhand) as a wire rope manufacturing company Today the Usha Martin Group is a Rs3000 crore conglomerate with a global presence The products are wire rods bright bars steel wires specialty wires wire ropes strand conveyor cord wire drawing and cable machinery

Incorporated in 1960 Mr BK Jhawar the present chairman pioneered itIt was promoted to manufacture steel and wires ropes in a collaboration with Martin Black of Scotland as a joint Indo-British venture From 1st October 1997 this company has been merged with Usha Beltron Ltd which has been renamed as wire and wire ropes division

Usha Martin Limited operates in three business divisions steel wire and wire ropes and others

The steel division manufactures steel wire rods rolled products billets pig iron and allied products

The wire and wire ropes division manufactures steel wires strands wire ropes cord bright bar related accessories including wire drawing and allied machines

The Companyrsquos other division manufactures jelly filled telecommunication cables The Company has overseas manufacturing operations in United Kingdom Dubai

United States Thailand Singapore Australia and Vietnam The Companyrsquos wholly owned subsidiaries include Usha Martin Vietnam Company

Limited (UMVCL) Usha Martin Power amp Resources Limited (UMPRL) and Usha Martin Americas Inc

INDUSTRY ANALYSIS

INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-Usha martin is a huge conglomerate situated15km far from main city Ranchi It has been providing different infrastructural facility like

Accommodation for employees at lower rates Officers association Workers association One guest house clubs for both executives amp non executives medical facility fooding amp transportation facility etc

Competitors Information- 1 Tisco Jamshedpur2 Musco Mumbai3 Rinl vizag4 Siscol sale5 Facor nagpur6 Sun flags Nagpur

Contribution to the Market Share

Usha Martin operates mainly in wire and wire ropes segments which contribute about 65 share to its total revenues There exist no major focused competitior in domestic operations in its wire and wire rope business except for Tata Steel(wires) Competition from unorganised sector doesnrsquot affect demand for its products significantly as consumers prefer branded products due to safety and quality concerns Usha Martin competes with other steel majors in the steel segment Contribution from steel accounts for 30 of its revenue

Future Growth and Prospectus

The companiesrsquo business strategy is to ensure profitable growth in the future which can be through -Realization of synergy gain with Usha Martin to ensure better market positionHigher asset utilization across plant location particularly leveraging the benefits of the upgraded rolling mills as taking steps to optimize use of ideal physical infrastructure asset enriched product makes for higher returns from existing needsStrengthening of exports with an emphasis on consolidating Usha Martin presence in existing market while tapping new regions for export of value added productsCost control efforts including better logistics higher operating efficiencies and improved working capital management Already flourishing in its recent foray into mining operations the company is planning to invest in its iron ore and coal mines sinter plant pellet plant power plants while also enhancing its steel making and value added products capacity with an investment of Rs 2100 croreBut what set Usha Martin apart is its unwavering commitment to social responsibility For over three decades the company has invested ample man-hours and capital on community development projects for integrated prosperity in rural Jharkhand through a CSR arm Krishi Gram Vikas Kendra (KGVK)

Scope Provides all the crucial information on Tata Steel Group required for business and competitor intelligence needs Contains a study of the major internal and external factors affecting USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the form of a SWOT analysis Data is supplemented with details on companyrsquos history key executives business description locations and subsidiaries as well as a list of products and services and the latest available statement from USHA MARTIN LIMITED The companyrsquos strengths and weaknesses and areas of development or decline are analyzed The opportunities open to the company are considered and its growth potential assessed Competitive or technological threats are highlighted The report contains critical company information business structure and operations the company history major products and services key competitors key employees and executive biographies different locations and important subsidiaries

McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL

lsquoHardrsquo variables Strategy plan leading to allocation of resources Structure Organization reporting lines geography etc Systems formal and informal processes used

lsquoSoftrsquo variables Staff demographics of personnel Style behavior of managers when interacting with others Skills core competencies of the firm Shared Value culture which is actually the core element to it all

SkillsA skill refers to how smart an employee does his work with available source In marketing department various steps are taken for staff to develop appropriate new skills for marketing their products The company is able to manufacture over 200 grades of alloy and special steels to meet the specific requirement of individual customersThe steps taken to improve necessary skills of the employees1) On the job training 7 days training for transferred employees 1-year probationary period for newly recruited employees Induction training to promoted employee from non-executive level to executive level 6 months probationary period for all executives who are promoted2) Off the job training Lecture Group discussions case studies Management games Developing presentation skill Conference External training Specific need base training etc

STYLE

Style refers to the flow of orders or method of communication in the organization In Usha Martin Pvt Ltd it is following participative style where in subordinates and their heads will have discussions and then they will take decision Here in Usha Martin all middle level management employees make discussion with their heads and take decision The management of Usha Martin Ltd is completely employee oriented They receive the feedback from the workers and decide on the change in the strategies

1 Top Down Approach

2 Bottom Up Approach

Strategy Specializing in developing and marketing special alloy steels and achieve possible market share in this niche are has been notable strategy adopted by the company Market penetration by the best possible past optimization techniques and achieving price excellence has been another strategy adopted by the company Smart sizing of the company through introduction of Voluntary Retirement Scheme and leveraging most advanced production has been another major strategy adopted by the company Very good selection and development systems adopted coupled with several employee welfare measures has been a notable strategy adopted by the company for attracting and retaining the talent Discharging corporate social responsibility through several society linkage programs in the area of health education and training has been yet another significant strategy adopted by the company Introduction of several quality systems including ISO certification has been yet another strategy adopted by the company for maintaining highest quality standards

SystemInventory Control SystemUsually a firm has to maintain several types of inventories The firm should therefore classify investors to identify which items should receive the most effort on controlling The firm should be selective in its approach to control investment in various types of inventories These analytical approaches are called ABC analysis and tend to measure the significance of each item of inventories in terms of its valueThe high value items are classified as lsquoA itemsrsquo and would be under the tightest control lsquoC itemsrsquo represent relatively least value and would be under simple control lsquoB itemsrsquo fall in between these two categories and require reasonable attention of controlThe ABC analysis concentrates on important items and is also known as ldquocontrol by importance and extensionrdquo So the items are classified as per the importance of their relative value this approach is also known as ldquoproportional value analysisrdquo

StaffThe staffs are graded from L I to L I I for non-executives and E1 to E9 for Executives The qualification for the non-executive employees are SSLC ITI and for executives Diploma and any degree or higher There is totally around 2600 staff members are there

Shared ValueThe company has a common goal to all its concerns and shares the information available in every concern The Usha Martin Ltd has implemented the following main objectivesIt has been able to build the lasting relationships with customers based on trust and mutual benefit It has been able to uphold highest ethical standards in conduct of the business It has been able to create and nurture a culture that supports flexibility learning and is proactive to change It also charted a challenging career for employees with opportunities for advancement and rewards It values the opportunity and responsibility to make a meaningful difference in peoplersquos levels

Swot Analysis- This reflects an important issue facing strategic managers should invest more in knowing their strengthrsquos to make them even stronger or should they invest in weakness to make their competitors weakStrengths-

Well equipped chemical and metallurgical laboratories Satisfied amp loyal customers Location advantage with proximity to major markets (north south east west)The company is known for its quality of alloy amp special steelWeakness-

Out dated technology with regards to production Being a private sector emphasis is more on welfare measures rather than productivity or growth of the organization High overheads and fixed costs Adverse age mix of workers and high average wageOpportunity-

Growing in iron and steel market Competitive environment calls for improvement and increase in productivity Cost advantage with the adoption of sophisticated technologyThreats- Upgraded technology used by other manufacturer helps in supplying the rates which could eat the market share Too many welfare activities lead to the increase in expectations of employees this could at some point of time become a reason for dispute Competition

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Financial statements analysis is ldquoA process of evaluating financial and profitable position of an organization by comparing two or more homogeneous figures and interpreting thereofrdquoAccording to this definition analysis of financial statement is a process by which management will make an effort to draw conclusion on financial and profit position of an organization In order to do this process one has to make comparison of homogeneous figures provides certain information with which inference or conclusion can be drawn

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDYThe major objective of financial statement analysis is to provide decision makers information about business enterprises for use in decision-making Users of financial statement information are the decision makers concerned with evaluating the economic situation of the firm and predicting its future course The major groups of users of financial efficiency of the enterprises are whole subunits (eg Departments) lenders and creditors for determining the creditworthiness and solvency position etcThe different users and decision makers can use financial statement analysis Assessment of past performance and current position Prediction of Net income and Growth prospects

Prediction of bankruptcy and failure Load decisions by financial institutions and Banks

SCOPE OF THE STUDY This study confines itself to the analysis of Usha Martin Ltd On the basis of comparative common size and ratio analysis and the analysis covered a period of four years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 The data used in this analysis has been obtained from the annual reports ie Balance sheets and profit amp loss Account

RATIO ANALYSIS Ratio analysis is the most important tool of analyzing these financial statements (profit amp loss ac and balance sheet)It helps the reader in giving tongue to the mute heaps of figures given in financial statements The figures then speak of liquidity solvency profitability etc of the business enterprise

Classification of ratios(A)LIQUIDITY RATIOCURRENT RATIOThe ratio explains the relationship between current assets and current liabilities of a business This ratio measures the solvency of the company in the short-term Current Ratio - Current assets Current liabilities

Current Assets = Cash in Hand + Cash at Bank + BR + Short-term Investments(Marketable Securities) + Debtors(Debtors- Provision) + Stock(Stock of Finished Goods + Raw Material + Work in Progress) + Prepaid Expenses

Current Liabilities = Bank Overdraft + BP + Creditors + Provision for Taxation + Proposed Dividends + Unclaimed Dividends + Outstanding Expenses + Loans Payable within a year

SignificanceThe ratio is used to assess the firmrsquos ability to meet its short-term liabilities on time A current ratio of 1331 is supposed to be an ideal ratio The higher the ratio the better it is If the current ratio is less than 1331 it indicate loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital

TABLE NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO (Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current AssetsInventories 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Sundry debtors 1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548Cash and bank 517489 370805 463607 764682Other current assets

225640 260942 340486 239621

Loan and advances

1648665 2119931 4024216 2780155

Total current 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 6: Shalini

Human Resource Management is the function within an organization that focuses on recruitment of management and providing directions for the people who work in the organization Human Resource Management can also be performed by line managers It is concerned with the development of Human Resources ie knowledge capability skill potentialities amp attaining and achieving employee goals including job satisfactionPerformance management system is a management technique intended to holistically consider the performance of employees or machines to work towards optimum performance of a particular task or a group of tasks The effective performance management system includes attracting talented people hiring right person for the right job setting goals and aligning objectives coaching to improve performance It gives supervisors and subordinates an equal opportunity to express themselves under structured conditionsThe major objectives of performance management are to improve the quality of work life by allowing the workers greater influence and involvement in work and the satisfaction obtained from the work to secure the mutual cooperation of employees and employers in achieving industrial peace greater efficiency and productivity in the interest of the enterprise the workers the consumers and the nation Usha Martin has been efficiently and effectively running on the basis of about 413 manpower who are well dedicated towards the management It is essential for an institution like this to bring up workers participation so that the workers can be more involved in their work Usha Martin also ensures effective participation of workers in management

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The internship is a bridge between the institute and the organization This made me to be involved in a project that helped me to employ my theoretical knowledge about the myriad and fascinating facets of HR and finance And in the process I could contribute substantially to the organizationrsquos growth The experience that I gathered over the past 2 months has certainly provided the orientation which I believe will help me in shouldering any responsibility in future Performance management system is an important HRD mechanism It is the systematic process of planning work and setting expectations continually monitoring performance developing the capacity to perform periodically rating performance in a summary fashion and rewarding good performance Based on globally followed HR practices and principles this performance management system provides right tools to engage employees in productive work help employee achieve their goals bring objectivity amp transparency in employee evaluations manage employee trainings manage employee compensations promotion and careers To address the above a survey was conducted to study the different parameters of Performance Management System adopted by Usha martin limited A sample of 30 officers was taken A structured questionnaire was administered to officers of different departments to elicit the information The criteria or measures to evaluate an officerrsquos performance are competence achievement versus objectives key result areas set at beginning of a specific period forming result oriented areas leadership skills team work and attitude Target is set for officers being appraised for a period of 6 months checklist for carrying out appraisals and career planning is followed The study is conducted with respect to understand the different management systems conducted in Usha martin and their effects thereafter in the same

OBJECTIVES

To obtain the required knowledge of subject as a student of HRMTo study the existing performance management system of USHA MARTINTo know the relevance of performance management systemWhether standards of performance are laid for the performance management systemWhat steps are imperative and suggestive to maintain and improve the quality of appraisalTo find out the level of effectiveness of performance measurement systemsTo know the financial position of the company

REASEARCH METHODOLOGY

Research methodology is a way to systematically solve the research problem It may be understood as a science of studying how research is done We can say that research methodology has many dimensions and research methods do constitute a part of the research methodology Knowledge of research methodology plays a key role in project work It consists of series of actions or steps necessary to effectively carry out research and the desired sequencing of these steps Data Collection Method Data can be collected by Primary as well as secondary method Primary Data SourcesQuestionnaire methods and discussions with the HR officers were used to collect data

Questionnaire DesignedQuestionnaire was used for the survey

Secondary Data SourcesThe secondary data sources were collected from the company manuals handbooks and management books and are edited to suite the purpose

RESEARCH DESIGNDescriptive and analytical type of research design was adopted because sources of information are relatively few and the purpose is merely to find and to understand the possible actions conducted under performance management system For the study the relevant questionnaire was prepared and circulated among a stratified sample of 30 officers of USHA MARTIN LIMITED The data thus obtained formed the basis of information regarding the existing performance management system and the same is analyzed and inferences are drawn regarding the various aspects of the process of PMS at UML

BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY

Usha Martin Limited was started in 1961 in Ranchi (Jharkhand) as a wire rope manufacturing company Today the Usha Martin Group is a Rs3000 crore conglomerate with a global presence The products are wire rods bright bars steel wires specialty wires wire ropes strand conveyor cord wire drawing and cable machinery

Incorporated in 1960 Mr BK Jhawar the present chairman pioneered itIt was promoted to manufacture steel and wires ropes in a collaboration with Martin Black of Scotland as a joint Indo-British venture From 1st October 1997 this company has been merged with Usha Beltron Ltd which has been renamed as wire and wire ropes division

Usha Martin Limited operates in three business divisions steel wire and wire ropes and others

The steel division manufactures steel wire rods rolled products billets pig iron and allied products

The wire and wire ropes division manufactures steel wires strands wire ropes cord bright bar related accessories including wire drawing and allied machines

The Companyrsquos other division manufactures jelly filled telecommunication cables The Company has overseas manufacturing operations in United Kingdom Dubai

United States Thailand Singapore Australia and Vietnam The Companyrsquos wholly owned subsidiaries include Usha Martin Vietnam Company

Limited (UMVCL) Usha Martin Power amp Resources Limited (UMPRL) and Usha Martin Americas Inc

INDUSTRY ANALYSIS

INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-Usha martin is a huge conglomerate situated15km far from main city Ranchi It has been providing different infrastructural facility like

Accommodation for employees at lower rates Officers association Workers association One guest house clubs for both executives amp non executives medical facility fooding amp transportation facility etc

Competitors Information- 1 Tisco Jamshedpur2 Musco Mumbai3 Rinl vizag4 Siscol sale5 Facor nagpur6 Sun flags Nagpur

Contribution to the Market Share

Usha Martin operates mainly in wire and wire ropes segments which contribute about 65 share to its total revenues There exist no major focused competitior in domestic operations in its wire and wire rope business except for Tata Steel(wires) Competition from unorganised sector doesnrsquot affect demand for its products significantly as consumers prefer branded products due to safety and quality concerns Usha Martin competes with other steel majors in the steel segment Contribution from steel accounts for 30 of its revenue

Future Growth and Prospectus

The companiesrsquo business strategy is to ensure profitable growth in the future which can be through -Realization of synergy gain with Usha Martin to ensure better market positionHigher asset utilization across plant location particularly leveraging the benefits of the upgraded rolling mills as taking steps to optimize use of ideal physical infrastructure asset enriched product makes for higher returns from existing needsStrengthening of exports with an emphasis on consolidating Usha Martin presence in existing market while tapping new regions for export of value added productsCost control efforts including better logistics higher operating efficiencies and improved working capital management Already flourishing in its recent foray into mining operations the company is planning to invest in its iron ore and coal mines sinter plant pellet plant power plants while also enhancing its steel making and value added products capacity with an investment of Rs 2100 croreBut what set Usha Martin apart is its unwavering commitment to social responsibility For over three decades the company has invested ample man-hours and capital on community development projects for integrated prosperity in rural Jharkhand through a CSR arm Krishi Gram Vikas Kendra (KGVK)

Scope Provides all the crucial information on Tata Steel Group required for business and competitor intelligence needs Contains a study of the major internal and external factors affecting USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the form of a SWOT analysis Data is supplemented with details on companyrsquos history key executives business description locations and subsidiaries as well as a list of products and services and the latest available statement from USHA MARTIN LIMITED The companyrsquos strengths and weaknesses and areas of development or decline are analyzed The opportunities open to the company are considered and its growth potential assessed Competitive or technological threats are highlighted The report contains critical company information business structure and operations the company history major products and services key competitors key employees and executive biographies different locations and important subsidiaries

McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL

lsquoHardrsquo variables Strategy plan leading to allocation of resources Structure Organization reporting lines geography etc Systems formal and informal processes used

lsquoSoftrsquo variables Staff demographics of personnel Style behavior of managers when interacting with others Skills core competencies of the firm Shared Value culture which is actually the core element to it all

SkillsA skill refers to how smart an employee does his work with available source In marketing department various steps are taken for staff to develop appropriate new skills for marketing their products The company is able to manufacture over 200 grades of alloy and special steels to meet the specific requirement of individual customersThe steps taken to improve necessary skills of the employees1) On the job training 7 days training for transferred employees 1-year probationary period for newly recruited employees Induction training to promoted employee from non-executive level to executive level 6 months probationary period for all executives who are promoted2) Off the job training Lecture Group discussions case studies Management games Developing presentation skill Conference External training Specific need base training etc

STYLE

Style refers to the flow of orders or method of communication in the organization In Usha Martin Pvt Ltd it is following participative style where in subordinates and their heads will have discussions and then they will take decision Here in Usha Martin all middle level management employees make discussion with their heads and take decision The management of Usha Martin Ltd is completely employee oriented They receive the feedback from the workers and decide on the change in the strategies

1 Top Down Approach

2 Bottom Up Approach

Strategy Specializing in developing and marketing special alloy steels and achieve possible market share in this niche are has been notable strategy adopted by the company Market penetration by the best possible past optimization techniques and achieving price excellence has been another strategy adopted by the company Smart sizing of the company through introduction of Voluntary Retirement Scheme and leveraging most advanced production has been another major strategy adopted by the company Very good selection and development systems adopted coupled with several employee welfare measures has been a notable strategy adopted by the company for attracting and retaining the talent Discharging corporate social responsibility through several society linkage programs in the area of health education and training has been yet another significant strategy adopted by the company Introduction of several quality systems including ISO certification has been yet another strategy adopted by the company for maintaining highest quality standards

SystemInventory Control SystemUsually a firm has to maintain several types of inventories The firm should therefore classify investors to identify which items should receive the most effort on controlling The firm should be selective in its approach to control investment in various types of inventories These analytical approaches are called ABC analysis and tend to measure the significance of each item of inventories in terms of its valueThe high value items are classified as lsquoA itemsrsquo and would be under the tightest control lsquoC itemsrsquo represent relatively least value and would be under simple control lsquoB itemsrsquo fall in between these two categories and require reasonable attention of controlThe ABC analysis concentrates on important items and is also known as ldquocontrol by importance and extensionrdquo So the items are classified as per the importance of their relative value this approach is also known as ldquoproportional value analysisrdquo

StaffThe staffs are graded from L I to L I I for non-executives and E1 to E9 for Executives The qualification for the non-executive employees are SSLC ITI and for executives Diploma and any degree or higher There is totally around 2600 staff members are there

Shared ValueThe company has a common goal to all its concerns and shares the information available in every concern The Usha Martin Ltd has implemented the following main objectivesIt has been able to build the lasting relationships with customers based on trust and mutual benefit It has been able to uphold highest ethical standards in conduct of the business It has been able to create and nurture a culture that supports flexibility learning and is proactive to change It also charted a challenging career for employees with opportunities for advancement and rewards It values the opportunity and responsibility to make a meaningful difference in peoplersquos levels

Swot Analysis- This reflects an important issue facing strategic managers should invest more in knowing their strengthrsquos to make them even stronger or should they invest in weakness to make their competitors weakStrengths-

Well equipped chemical and metallurgical laboratories Satisfied amp loyal customers Location advantage with proximity to major markets (north south east west)The company is known for its quality of alloy amp special steelWeakness-

Out dated technology with regards to production Being a private sector emphasis is more on welfare measures rather than productivity or growth of the organization High overheads and fixed costs Adverse age mix of workers and high average wageOpportunity-

Growing in iron and steel market Competitive environment calls for improvement and increase in productivity Cost advantage with the adoption of sophisticated technologyThreats- Upgraded technology used by other manufacturer helps in supplying the rates which could eat the market share Too many welfare activities lead to the increase in expectations of employees this could at some point of time become a reason for dispute Competition

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Financial statements analysis is ldquoA process of evaluating financial and profitable position of an organization by comparing two or more homogeneous figures and interpreting thereofrdquoAccording to this definition analysis of financial statement is a process by which management will make an effort to draw conclusion on financial and profit position of an organization In order to do this process one has to make comparison of homogeneous figures provides certain information with which inference or conclusion can be drawn

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDYThe major objective of financial statement analysis is to provide decision makers information about business enterprises for use in decision-making Users of financial statement information are the decision makers concerned with evaluating the economic situation of the firm and predicting its future course The major groups of users of financial efficiency of the enterprises are whole subunits (eg Departments) lenders and creditors for determining the creditworthiness and solvency position etcThe different users and decision makers can use financial statement analysis Assessment of past performance and current position Prediction of Net income and Growth prospects

Prediction of bankruptcy and failure Load decisions by financial institutions and Banks

SCOPE OF THE STUDY This study confines itself to the analysis of Usha Martin Ltd On the basis of comparative common size and ratio analysis and the analysis covered a period of four years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 The data used in this analysis has been obtained from the annual reports ie Balance sheets and profit amp loss Account

RATIO ANALYSIS Ratio analysis is the most important tool of analyzing these financial statements (profit amp loss ac and balance sheet)It helps the reader in giving tongue to the mute heaps of figures given in financial statements The figures then speak of liquidity solvency profitability etc of the business enterprise

Classification of ratios(A)LIQUIDITY RATIOCURRENT RATIOThe ratio explains the relationship between current assets and current liabilities of a business This ratio measures the solvency of the company in the short-term Current Ratio - Current assets Current liabilities

Current Assets = Cash in Hand + Cash at Bank + BR + Short-term Investments(Marketable Securities) + Debtors(Debtors- Provision) + Stock(Stock of Finished Goods + Raw Material + Work in Progress) + Prepaid Expenses

Current Liabilities = Bank Overdraft + BP + Creditors + Provision for Taxation + Proposed Dividends + Unclaimed Dividends + Outstanding Expenses + Loans Payable within a year

SignificanceThe ratio is used to assess the firmrsquos ability to meet its short-term liabilities on time A current ratio of 1331 is supposed to be an ideal ratio The higher the ratio the better it is If the current ratio is less than 1331 it indicate loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital

TABLE NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO (Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current AssetsInventories 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Sundry debtors 1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548Cash and bank 517489 370805 463607 764682Other current assets

225640 260942 340486 239621

Loan and advances

1648665 2119931 4024216 2780155

Total current 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 7: Shalini

To obtain the required knowledge of subject as a student of HRMTo study the existing performance management system of USHA MARTINTo know the relevance of performance management systemWhether standards of performance are laid for the performance management systemWhat steps are imperative and suggestive to maintain and improve the quality of appraisalTo find out the level of effectiveness of performance measurement systemsTo know the financial position of the company

REASEARCH METHODOLOGY

Research methodology is a way to systematically solve the research problem It may be understood as a science of studying how research is done We can say that research methodology has many dimensions and research methods do constitute a part of the research methodology Knowledge of research methodology plays a key role in project work It consists of series of actions or steps necessary to effectively carry out research and the desired sequencing of these steps Data Collection Method Data can be collected by Primary as well as secondary method Primary Data SourcesQuestionnaire methods and discussions with the HR officers were used to collect data

Questionnaire DesignedQuestionnaire was used for the survey

Secondary Data SourcesThe secondary data sources were collected from the company manuals handbooks and management books and are edited to suite the purpose

RESEARCH DESIGNDescriptive and analytical type of research design was adopted because sources of information are relatively few and the purpose is merely to find and to understand the possible actions conducted under performance management system For the study the relevant questionnaire was prepared and circulated among a stratified sample of 30 officers of USHA MARTIN LIMITED The data thus obtained formed the basis of information regarding the existing performance management system and the same is analyzed and inferences are drawn regarding the various aspects of the process of PMS at UML

BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY

Usha Martin Limited was started in 1961 in Ranchi (Jharkhand) as a wire rope manufacturing company Today the Usha Martin Group is a Rs3000 crore conglomerate with a global presence The products are wire rods bright bars steel wires specialty wires wire ropes strand conveyor cord wire drawing and cable machinery

Incorporated in 1960 Mr BK Jhawar the present chairman pioneered itIt was promoted to manufacture steel and wires ropes in a collaboration with Martin Black of Scotland as a joint Indo-British venture From 1st October 1997 this company has been merged with Usha Beltron Ltd which has been renamed as wire and wire ropes division

Usha Martin Limited operates in three business divisions steel wire and wire ropes and others

The steel division manufactures steel wire rods rolled products billets pig iron and allied products

The wire and wire ropes division manufactures steel wires strands wire ropes cord bright bar related accessories including wire drawing and allied machines

The Companyrsquos other division manufactures jelly filled telecommunication cables The Company has overseas manufacturing operations in United Kingdom Dubai

United States Thailand Singapore Australia and Vietnam The Companyrsquos wholly owned subsidiaries include Usha Martin Vietnam Company

Limited (UMVCL) Usha Martin Power amp Resources Limited (UMPRL) and Usha Martin Americas Inc

INDUSTRY ANALYSIS

INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-Usha martin is a huge conglomerate situated15km far from main city Ranchi It has been providing different infrastructural facility like

Accommodation for employees at lower rates Officers association Workers association One guest house clubs for both executives amp non executives medical facility fooding amp transportation facility etc

Competitors Information- 1 Tisco Jamshedpur2 Musco Mumbai3 Rinl vizag4 Siscol sale5 Facor nagpur6 Sun flags Nagpur

Contribution to the Market Share

Usha Martin operates mainly in wire and wire ropes segments which contribute about 65 share to its total revenues There exist no major focused competitior in domestic operations in its wire and wire rope business except for Tata Steel(wires) Competition from unorganised sector doesnrsquot affect demand for its products significantly as consumers prefer branded products due to safety and quality concerns Usha Martin competes with other steel majors in the steel segment Contribution from steel accounts for 30 of its revenue

Future Growth and Prospectus

The companiesrsquo business strategy is to ensure profitable growth in the future which can be through -Realization of synergy gain with Usha Martin to ensure better market positionHigher asset utilization across plant location particularly leveraging the benefits of the upgraded rolling mills as taking steps to optimize use of ideal physical infrastructure asset enriched product makes for higher returns from existing needsStrengthening of exports with an emphasis on consolidating Usha Martin presence in existing market while tapping new regions for export of value added productsCost control efforts including better logistics higher operating efficiencies and improved working capital management Already flourishing in its recent foray into mining operations the company is planning to invest in its iron ore and coal mines sinter plant pellet plant power plants while also enhancing its steel making and value added products capacity with an investment of Rs 2100 croreBut what set Usha Martin apart is its unwavering commitment to social responsibility For over three decades the company has invested ample man-hours and capital on community development projects for integrated prosperity in rural Jharkhand through a CSR arm Krishi Gram Vikas Kendra (KGVK)

Scope Provides all the crucial information on Tata Steel Group required for business and competitor intelligence needs Contains a study of the major internal and external factors affecting USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the form of a SWOT analysis Data is supplemented with details on companyrsquos history key executives business description locations and subsidiaries as well as a list of products and services and the latest available statement from USHA MARTIN LIMITED The companyrsquos strengths and weaknesses and areas of development or decline are analyzed The opportunities open to the company are considered and its growth potential assessed Competitive or technological threats are highlighted The report contains critical company information business structure and operations the company history major products and services key competitors key employees and executive biographies different locations and important subsidiaries

McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL

lsquoHardrsquo variables Strategy plan leading to allocation of resources Structure Organization reporting lines geography etc Systems formal and informal processes used

lsquoSoftrsquo variables Staff demographics of personnel Style behavior of managers when interacting with others Skills core competencies of the firm Shared Value culture which is actually the core element to it all

SkillsA skill refers to how smart an employee does his work with available source In marketing department various steps are taken for staff to develop appropriate new skills for marketing their products The company is able to manufacture over 200 grades of alloy and special steels to meet the specific requirement of individual customersThe steps taken to improve necessary skills of the employees1) On the job training 7 days training for transferred employees 1-year probationary period for newly recruited employees Induction training to promoted employee from non-executive level to executive level 6 months probationary period for all executives who are promoted2) Off the job training Lecture Group discussions case studies Management games Developing presentation skill Conference External training Specific need base training etc

STYLE

Style refers to the flow of orders or method of communication in the organization In Usha Martin Pvt Ltd it is following participative style where in subordinates and their heads will have discussions and then they will take decision Here in Usha Martin all middle level management employees make discussion with their heads and take decision The management of Usha Martin Ltd is completely employee oriented They receive the feedback from the workers and decide on the change in the strategies

1 Top Down Approach

2 Bottom Up Approach

Strategy Specializing in developing and marketing special alloy steels and achieve possible market share in this niche are has been notable strategy adopted by the company Market penetration by the best possible past optimization techniques and achieving price excellence has been another strategy adopted by the company Smart sizing of the company through introduction of Voluntary Retirement Scheme and leveraging most advanced production has been another major strategy adopted by the company Very good selection and development systems adopted coupled with several employee welfare measures has been a notable strategy adopted by the company for attracting and retaining the talent Discharging corporate social responsibility through several society linkage programs in the area of health education and training has been yet another significant strategy adopted by the company Introduction of several quality systems including ISO certification has been yet another strategy adopted by the company for maintaining highest quality standards

SystemInventory Control SystemUsually a firm has to maintain several types of inventories The firm should therefore classify investors to identify which items should receive the most effort on controlling The firm should be selective in its approach to control investment in various types of inventories These analytical approaches are called ABC analysis and tend to measure the significance of each item of inventories in terms of its valueThe high value items are classified as lsquoA itemsrsquo and would be under the tightest control lsquoC itemsrsquo represent relatively least value and would be under simple control lsquoB itemsrsquo fall in between these two categories and require reasonable attention of controlThe ABC analysis concentrates on important items and is also known as ldquocontrol by importance and extensionrdquo So the items are classified as per the importance of their relative value this approach is also known as ldquoproportional value analysisrdquo

StaffThe staffs are graded from L I to L I I for non-executives and E1 to E9 for Executives The qualification for the non-executive employees are SSLC ITI and for executives Diploma and any degree or higher There is totally around 2600 staff members are there

Shared ValueThe company has a common goal to all its concerns and shares the information available in every concern The Usha Martin Ltd has implemented the following main objectivesIt has been able to build the lasting relationships with customers based on trust and mutual benefit It has been able to uphold highest ethical standards in conduct of the business It has been able to create and nurture a culture that supports flexibility learning and is proactive to change It also charted a challenging career for employees with opportunities for advancement and rewards It values the opportunity and responsibility to make a meaningful difference in peoplersquos levels

Swot Analysis- This reflects an important issue facing strategic managers should invest more in knowing their strengthrsquos to make them even stronger or should they invest in weakness to make their competitors weakStrengths-

Well equipped chemical and metallurgical laboratories Satisfied amp loyal customers Location advantage with proximity to major markets (north south east west)The company is known for its quality of alloy amp special steelWeakness-

Out dated technology with regards to production Being a private sector emphasis is more on welfare measures rather than productivity or growth of the organization High overheads and fixed costs Adverse age mix of workers and high average wageOpportunity-

Growing in iron and steel market Competitive environment calls for improvement and increase in productivity Cost advantage with the adoption of sophisticated technologyThreats- Upgraded technology used by other manufacturer helps in supplying the rates which could eat the market share Too many welfare activities lead to the increase in expectations of employees this could at some point of time become a reason for dispute Competition

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Financial statements analysis is ldquoA process of evaluating financial and profitable position of an organization by comparing two or more homogeneous figures and interpreting thereofrdquoAccording to this definition analysis of financial statement is a process by which management will make an effort to draw conclusion on financial and profit position of an organization In order to do this process one has to make comparison of homogeneous figures provides certain information with which inference or conclusion can be drawn

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDYThe major objective of financial statement analysis is to provide decision makers information about business enterprises for use in decision-making Users of financial statement information are the decision makers concerned with evaluating the economic situation of the firm and predicting its future course The major groups of users of financial efficiency of the enterprises are whole subunits (eg Departments) lenders and creditors for determining the creditworthiness and solvency position etcThe different users and decision makers can use financial statement analysis Assessment of past performance and current position Prediction of Net income and Growth prospects

Prediction of bankruptcy and failure Load decisions by financial institutions and Banks

SCOPE OF THE STUDY This study confines itself to the analysis of Usha Martin Ltd On the basis of comparative common size and ratio analysis and the analysis covered a period of four years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 The data used in this analysis has been obtained from the annual reports ie Balance sheets and profit amp loss Account

RATIO ANALYSIS Ratio analysis is the most important tool of analyzing these financial statements (profit amp loss ac and balance sheet)It helps the reader in giving tongue to the mute heaps of figures given in financial statements The figures then speak of liquidity solvency profitability etc of the business enterprise

Classification of ratios(A)LIQUIDITY RATIOCURRENT RATIOThe ratio explains the relationship between current assets and current liabilities of a business This ratio measures the solvency of the company in the short-term Current Ratio - Current assets Current liabilities

Current Assets = Cash in Hand + Cash at Bank + BR + Short-term Investments(Marketable Securities) + Debtors(Debtors- Provision) + Stock(Stock of Finished Goods + Raw Material + Work in Progress) + Prepaid Expenses

Current Liabilities = Bank Overdraft + BP + Creditors + Provision for Taxation + Proposed Dividends + Unclaimed Dividends + Outstanding Expenses + Loans Payable within a year

SignificanceThe ratio is used to assess the firmrsquos ability to meet its short-term liabilities on time A current ratio of 1331 is supposed to be an ideal ratio The higher the ratio the better it is If the current ratio is less than 1331 it indicate loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital

TABLE NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO (Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current AssetsInventories 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Sundry debtors 1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548Cash and bank 517489 370805 463607 764682Other current assets

225640 260942 340486 239621

Loan and advances

1648665 2119931 4024216 2780155

Total current 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 8: Shalini

BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY

Usha Martin Limited was started in 1961 in Ranchi (Jharkhand) as a wire rope manufacturing company Today the Usha Martin Group is a Rs3000 crore conglomerate with a global presence The products are wire rods bright bars steel wires specialty wires wire ropes strand conveyor cord wire drawing and cable machinery

Incorporated in 1960 Mr BK Jhawar the present chairman pioneered itIt was promoted to manufacture steel and wires ropes in a collaboration with Martin Black of Scotland as a joint Indo-British venture From 1st October 1997 this company has been merged with Usha Beltron Ltd which has been renamed as wire and wire ropes division

Usha Martin Limited operates in three business divisions steel wire and wire ropes and others

The steel division manufactures steel wire rods rolled products billets pig iron and allied products

The wire and wire ropes division manufactures steel wires strands wire ropes cord bright bar related accessories including wire drawing and allied machines

The Companyrsquos other division manufactures jelly filled telecommunication cables The Company has overseas manufacturing operations in United Kingdom Dubai

United States Thailand Singapore Australia and Vietnam The Companyrsquos wholly owned subsidiaries include Usha Martin Vietnam Company

Limited (UMVCL) Usha Martin Power amp Resources Limited (UMPRL) and Usha Martin Americas Inc

INDUSTRY ANALYSIS

INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-Usha martin is a huge conglomerate situated15km far from main city Ranchi It has been providing different infrastructural facility like

Accommodation for employees at lower rates Officers association Workers association One guest house clubs for both executives amp non executives medical facility fooding amp transportation facility etc

Competitors Information- 1 Tisco Jamshedpur2 Musco Mumbai3 Rinl vizag4 Siscol sale5 Facor nagpur6 Sun flags Nagpur

Contribution to the Market Share

Usha Martin operates mainly in wire and wire ropes segments which contribute about 65 share to its total revenues There exist no major focused competitior in domestic operations in its wire and wire rope business except for Tata Steel(wires) Competition from unorganised sector doesnrsquot affect demand for its products significantly as consumers prefer branded products due to safety and quality concerns Usha Martin competes with other steel majors in the steel segment Contribution from steel accounts for 30 of its revenue

Future Growth and Prospectus

The companiesrsquo business strategy is to ensure profitable growth in the future which can be through -Realization of synergy gain with Usha Martin to ensure better market positionHigher asset utilization across plant location particularly leveraging the benefits of the upgraded rolling mills as taking steps to optimize use of ideal physical infrastructure asset enriched product makes for higher returns from existing needsStrengthening of exports with an emphasis on consolidating Usha Martin presence in existing market while tapping new regions for export of value added productsCost control efforts including better logistics higher operating efficiencies and improved working capital management Already flourishing in its recent foray into mining operations the company is planning to invest in its iron ore and coal mines sinter plant pellet plant power plants while also enhancing its steel making and value added products capacity with an investment of Rs 2100 croreBut what set Usha Martin apart is its unwavering commitment to social responsibility For over three decades the company has invested ample man-hours and capital on community development projects for integrated prosperity in rural Jharkhand through a CSR arm Krishi Gram Vikas Kendra (KGVK)

Scope Provides all the crucial information on Tata Steel Group required for business and competitor intelligence needs Contains a study of the major internal and external factors affecting USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the form of a SWOT analysis Data is supplemented with details on companyrsquos history key executives business description locations and subsidiaries as well as a list of products and services and the latest available statement from USHA MARTIN LIMITED The companyrsquos strengths and weaknesses and areas of development or decline are analyzed The opportunities open to the company are considered and its growth potential assessed Competitive or technological threats are highlighted The report contains critical company information business structure and operations the company history major products and services key competitors key employees and executive biographies different locations and important subsidiaries

McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL

lsquoHardrsquo variables Strategy plan leading to allocation of resources Structure Organization reporting lines geography etc Systems formal and informal processes used

lsquoSoftrsquo variables Staff demographics of personnel Style behavior of managers when interacting with others Skills core competencies of the firm Shared Value culture which is actually the core element to it all

SkillsA skill refers to how smart an employee does his work with available source In marketing department various steps are taken for staff to develop appropriate new skills for marketing their products The company is able to manufacture over 200 grades of alloy and special steels to meet the specific requirement of individual customersThe steps taken to improve necessary skills of the employees1) On the job training 7 days training for transferred employees 1-year probationary period for newly recruited employees Induction training to promoted employee from non-executive level to executive level 6 months probationary period for all executives who are promoted2) Off the job training Lecture Group discussions case studies Management games Developing presentation skill Conference External training Specific need base training etc

STYLE

Style refers to the flow of orders or method of communication in the organization In Usha Martin Pvt Ltd it is following participative style where in subordinates and their heads will have discussions and then they will take decision Here in Usha Martin all middle level management employees make discussion with their heads and take decision The management of Usha Martin Ltd is completely employee oriented They receive the feedback from the workers and decide on the change in the strategies

1 Top Down Approach

2 Bottom Up Approach

Strategy Specializing in developing and marketing special alloy steels and achieve possible market share in this niche are has been notable strategy adopted by the company Market penetration by the best possible past optimization techniques and achieving price excellence has been another strategy adopted by the company Smart sizing of the company through introduction of Voluntary Retirement Scheme and leveraging most advanced production has been another major strategy adopted by the company Very good selection and development systems adopted coupled with several employee welfare measures has been a notable strategy adopted by the company for attracting and retaining the talent Discharging corporate social responsibility through several society linkage programs in the area of health education and training has been yet another significant strategy adopted by the company Introduction of several quality systems including ISO certification has been yet another strategy adopted by the company for maintaining highest quality standards

SystemInventory Control SystemUsually a firm has to maintain several types of inventories The firm should therefore classify investors to identify which items should receive the most effort on controlling The firm should be selective in its approach to control investment in various types of inventories These analytical approaches are called ABC analysis and tend to measure the significance of each item of inventories in terms of its valueThe high value items are classified as lsquoA itemsrsquo and would be under the tightest control lsquoC itemsrsquo represent relatively least value and would be under simple control lsquoB itemsrsquo fall in between these two categories and require reasonable attention of controlThe ABC analysis concentrates on important items and is also known as ldquocontrol by importance and extensionrdquo So the items are classified as per the importance of their relative value this approach is also known as ldquoproportional value analysisrdquo

StaffThe staffs are graded from L I to L I I for non-executives and E1 to E9 for Executives The qualification for the non-executive employees are SSLC ITI and for executives Diploma and any degree or higher There is totally around 2600 staff members are there

Shared ValueThe company has a common goal to all its concerns and shares the information available in every concern The Usha Martin Ltd has implemented the following main objectivesIt has been able to build the lasting relationships with customers based on trust and mutual benefit It has been able to uphold highest ethical standards in conduct of the business It has been able to create and nurture a culture that supports flexibility learning and is proactive to change It also charted a challenging career for employees with opportunities for advancement and rewards It values the opportunity and responsibility to make a meaningful difference in peoplersquos levels

Swot Analysis- This reflects an important issue facing strategic managers should invest more in knowing their strengthrsquos to make them even stronger or should they invest in weakness to make their competitors weakStrengths-

Well equipped chemical and metallurgical laboratories Satisfied amp loyal customers Location advantage with proximity to major markets (north south east west)The company is known for its quality of alloy amp special steelWeakness-

Out dated technology with regards to production Being a private sector emphasis is more on welfare measures rather than productivity or growth of the organization High overheads and fixed costs Adverse age mix of workers and high average wageOpportunity-

Growing in iron and steel market Competitive environment calls for improvement and increase in productivity Cost advantage with the adoption of sophisticated technologyThreats- Upgraded technology used by other manufacturer helps in supplying the rates which could eat the market share Too many welfare activities lead to the increase in expectations of employees this could at some point of time become a reason for dispute Competition

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Financial statements analysis is ldquoA process of evaluating financial and profitable position of an organization by comparing two or more homogeneous figures and interpreting thereofrdquoAccording to this definition analysis of financial statement is a process by which management will make an effort to draw conclusion on financial and profit position of an organization In order to do this process one has to make comparison of homogeneous figures provides certain information with which inference or conclusion can be drawn

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDYThe major objective of financial statement analysis is to provide decision makers information about business enterprises for use in decision-making Users of financial statement information are the decision makers concerned with evaluating the economic situation of the firm and predicting its future course The major groups of users of financial efficiency of the enterprises are whole subunits (eg Departments) lenders and creditors for determining the creditworthiness and solvency position etcThe different users and decision makers can use financial statement analysis Assessment of past performance and current position Prediction of Net income and Growth prospects

Prediction of bankruptcy and failure Load decisions by financial institutions and Banks

SCOPE OF THE STUDY This study confines itself to the analysis of Usha Martin Ltd On the basis of comparative common size and ratio analysis and the analysis covered a period of four years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 The data used in this analysis has been obtained from the annual reports ie Balance sheets and profit amp loss Account

RATIO ANALYSIS Ratio analysis is the most important tool of analyzing these financial statements (profit amp loss ac and balance sheet)It helps the reader in giving tongue to the mute heaps of figures given in financial statements The figures then speak of liquidity solvency profitability etc of the business enterprise

Classification of ratios(A)LIQUIDITY RATIOCURRENT RATIOThe ratio explains the relationship between current assets and current liabilities of a business This ratio measures the solvency of the company in the short-term Current Ratio - Current assets Current liabilities

Current Assets = Cash in Hand + Cash at Bank + BR + Short-term Investments(Marketable Securities) + Debtors(Debtors- Provision) + Stock(Stock of Finished Goods + Raw Material + Work in Progress) + Prepaid Expenses

Current Liabilities = Bank Overdraft + BP + Creditors + Provision for Taxation + Proposed Dividends + Unclaimed Dividends + Outstanding Expenses + Loans Payable within a year

SignificanceThe ratio is used to assess the firmrsquos ability to meet its short-term liabilities on time A current ratio of 1331 is supposed to be an ideal ratio The higher the ratio the better it is If the current ratio is less than 1331 it indicate loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital

TABLE NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO (Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current AssetsInventories 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Sundry debtors 1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548Cash and bank 517489 370805 463607 764682Other current assets

225640 260942 340486 239621

Loan and advances

1648665 2119931 4024216 2780155

Total current 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 9: Shalini

INDUSTRY ANALYSIS

INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-Usha martin is a huge conglomerate situated15km far from main city Ranchi It has been providing different infrastructural facility like

Accommodation for employees at lower rates Officers association Workers association One guest house clubs for both executives amp non executives medical facility fooding amp transportation facility etc

Competitors Information- 1 Tisco Jamshedpur2 Musco Mumbai3 Rinl vizag4 Siscol sale5 Facor nagpur6 Sun flags Nagpur

Contribution to the Market Share

Usha Martin operates mainly in wire and wire ropes segments which contribute about 65 share to its total revenues There exist no major focused competitior in domestic operations in its wire and wire rope business except for Tata Steel(wires) Competition from unorganised sector doesnrsquot affect demand for its products significantly as consumers prefer branded products due to safety and quality concerns Usha Martin competes with other steel majors in the steel segment Contribution from steel accounts for 30 of its revenue

Future Growth and Prospectus

The companiesrsquo business strategy is to ensure profitable growth in the future which can be through -Realization of synergy gain with Usha Martin to ensure better market positionHigher asset utilization across plant location particularly leveraging the benefits of the upgraded rolling mills as taking steps to optimize use of ideal physical infrastructure asset enriched product makes for higher returns from existing needsStrengthening of exports with an emphasis on consolidating Usha Martin presence in existing market while tapping new regions for export of value added productsCost control efforts including better logistics higher operating efficiencies and improved working capital management Already flourishing in its recent foray into mining operations the company is planning to invest in its iron ore and coal mines sinter plant pellet plant power plants while also enhancing its steel making and value added products capacity with an investment of Rs 2100 croreBut what set Usha Martin apart is its unwavering commitment to social responsibility For over three decades the company has invested ample man-hours and capital on community development projects for integrated prosperity in rural Jharkhand through a CSR arm Krishi Gram Vikas Kendra (KGVK)

Scope Provides all the crucial information on Tata Steel Group required for business and competitor intelligence needs Contains a study of the major internal and external factors affecting USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the form of a SWOT analysis Data is supplemented with details on companyrsquos history key executives business description locations and subsidiaries as well as a list of products and services and the latest available statement from USHA MARTIN LIMITED The companyrsquos strengths and weaknesses and areas of development or decline are analyzed The opportunities open to the company are considered and its growth potential assessed Competitive or technological threats are highlighted The report contains critical company information business structure and operations the company history major products and services key competitors key employees and executive biographies different locations and important subsidiaries

McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL

lsquoHardrsquo variables Strategy plan leading to allocation of resources Structure Organization reporting lines geography etc Systems formal and informal processes used

lsquoSoftrsquo variables Staff demographics of personnel Style behavior of managers when interacting with others Skills core competencies of the firm Shared Value culture which is actually the core element to it all

SkillsA skill refers to how smart an employee does his work with available source In marketing department various steps are taken for staff to develop appropriate new skills for marketing their products The company is able to manufacture over 200 grades of alloy and special steels to meet the specific requirement of individual customersThe steps taken to improve necessary skills of the employees1) On the job training 7 days training for transferred employees 1-year probationary period for newly recruited employees Induction training to promoted employee from non-executive level to executive level 6 months probationary period for all executives who are promoted2) Off the job training Lecture Group discussions case studies Management games Developing presentation skill Conference External training Specific need base training etc

STYLE

Style refers to the flow of orders or method of communication in the organization In Usha Martin Pvt Ltd it is following participative style where in subordinates and their heads will have discussions and then they will take decision Here in Usha Martin all middle level management employees make discussion with their heads and take decision The management of Usha Martin Ltd is completely employee oriented They receive the feedback from the workers and decide on the change in the strategies

1 Top Down Approach

2 Bottom Up Approach

Strategy Specializing in developing and marketing special alloy steels and achieve possible market share in this niche are has been notable strategy adopted by the company Market penetration by the best possible past optimization techniques and achieving price excellence has been another strategy adopted by the company Smart sizing of the company through introduction of Voluntary Retirement Scheme and leveraging most advanced production has been another major strategy adopted by the company Very good selection and development systems adopted coupled with several employee welfare measures has been a notable strategy adopted by the company for attracting and retaining the talent Discharging corporate social responsibility through several society linkage programs in the area of health education and training has been yet another significant strategy adopted by the company Introduction of several quality systems including ISO certification has been yet another strategy adopted by the company for maintaining highest quality standards

SystemInventory Control SystemUsually a firm has to maintain several types of inventories The firm should therefore classify investors to identify which items should receive the most effort on controlling The firm should be selective in its approach to control investment in various types of inventories These analytical approaches are called ABC analysis and tend to measure the significance of each item of inventories in terms of its valueThe high value items are classified as lsquoA itemsrsquo and would be under the tightest control lsquoC itemsrsquo represent relatively least value and would be under simple control lsquoB itemsrsquo fall in between these two categories and require reasonable attention of controlThe ABC analysis concentrates on important items and is also known as ldquocontrol by importance and extensionrdquo So the items are classified as per the importance of their relative value this approach is also known as ldquoproportional value analysisrdquo

StaffThe staffs are graded from L I to L I I for non-executives and E1 to E9 for Executives The qualification for the non-executive employees are SSLC ITI and for executives Diploma and any degree or higher There is totally around 2600 staff members are there

Shared ValueThe company has a common goal to all its concerns and shares the information available in every concern The Usha Martin Ltd has implemented the following main objectivesIt has been able to build the lasting relationships with customers based on trust and mutual benefit It has been able to uphold highest ethical standards in conduct of the business It has been able to create and nurture a culture that supports flexibility learning and is proactive to change It also charted a challenging career for employees with opportunities for advancement and rewards It values the opportunity and responsibility to make a meaningful difference in peoplersquos levels

Swot Analysis- This reflects an important issue facing strategic managers should invest more in knowing their strengthrsquos to make them even stronger or should they invest in weakness to make their competitors weakStrengths-

Well equipped chemical and metallurgical laboratories Satisfied amp loyal customers Location advantage with proximity to major markets (north south east west)The company is known for its quality of alloy amp special steelWeakness-

Out dated technology with regards to production Being a private sector emphasis is more on welfare measures rather than productivity or growth of the organization High overheads and fixed costs Adverse age mix of workers and high average wageOpportunity-

Growing in iron and steel market Competitive environment calls for improvement and increase in productivity Cost advantage with the adoption of sophisticated technologyThreats- Upgraded technology used by other manufacturer helps in supplying the rates which could eat the market share Too many welfare activities lead to the increase in expectations of employees this could at some point of time become a reason for dispute Competition

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Financial statements analysis is ldquoA process of evaluating financial and profitable position of an organization by comparing two or more homogeneous figures and interpreting thereofrdquoAccording to this definition analysis of financial statement is a process by which management will make an effort to draw conclusion on financial and profit position of an organization In order to do this process one has to make comparison of homogeneous figures provides certain information with which inference or conclusion can be drawn

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDYThe major objective of financial statement analysis is to provide decision makers information about business enterprises for use in decision-making Users of financial statement information are the decision makers concerned with evaluating the economic situation of the firm and predicting its future course The major groups of users of financial efficiency of the enterprises are whole subunits (eg Departments) lenders and creditors for determining the creditworthiness and solvency position etcThe different users and decision makers can use financial statement analysis Assessment of past performance and current position Prediction of Net income and Growth prospects

Prediction of bankruptcy and failure Load decisions by financial institutions and Banks

SCOPE OF THE STUDY This study confines itself to the analysis of Usha Martin Ltd On the basis of comparative common size and ratio analysis and the analysis covered a period of four years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 The data used in this analysis has been obtained from the annual reports ie Balance sheets and profit amp loss Account

RATIO ANALYSIS Ratio analysis is the most important tool of analyzing these financial statements (profit amp loss ac and balance sheet)It helps the reader in giving tongue to the mute heaps of figures given in financial statements The figures then speak of liquidity solvency profitability etc of the business enterprise

Classification of ratios(A)LIQUIDITY RATIOCURRENT RATIOThe ratio explains the relationship between current assets and current liabilities of a business This ratio measures the solvency of the company in the short-term Current Ratio - Current assets Current liabilities

Current Assets = Cash in Hand + Cash at Bank + BR + Short-term Investments(Marketable Securities) + Debtors(Debtors- Provision) + Stock(Stock of Finished Goods + Raw Material + Work in Progress) + Prepaid Expenses

Current Liabilities = Bank Overdraft + BP + Creditors + Provision for Taxation + Proposed Dividends + Unclaimed Dividends + Outstanding Expenses + Loans Payable within a year

SignificanceThe ratio is used to assess the firmrsquos ability to meet its short-term liabilities on time A current ratio of 1331 is supposed to be an ideal ratio The higher the ratio the better it is If the current ratio is less than 1331 it indicate loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital

TABLE NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO (Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current AssetsInventories 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Sundry debtors 1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548Cash and bank 517489 370805 463607 764682Other current assets

225640 260942 340486 239621

Loan and advances

1648665 2119931 4024216 2780155

Total current 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 10: Shalini

Scope Provides all the crucial information on Tata Steel Group required for business and competitor intelligence needs Contains a study of the major internal and external factors affecting USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the form of a SWOT analysis Data is supplemented with details on companyrsquos history key executives business description locations and subsidiaries as well as a list of products and services and the latest available statement from USHA MARTIN LIMITED The companyrsquos strengths and weaknesses and areas of development or decline are analyzed The opportunities open to the company are considered and its growth potential assessed Competitive or technological threats are highlighted The report contains critical company information business structure and operations the company history major products and services key competitors key employees and executive biographies different locations and important subsidiaries

McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL

lsquoHardrsquo variables Strategy plan leading to allocation of resources Structure Organization reporting lines geography etc Systems formal and informal processes used

lsquoSoftrsquo variables Staff demographics of personnel Style behavior of managers when interacting with others Skills core competencies of the firm Shared Value culture which is actually the core element to it all

SkillsA skill refers to how smart an employee does his work with available source In marketing department various steps are taken for staff to develop appropriate new skills for marketing their products The company is able to manufacture over 200 grades of alloy and special steels to meet the specific requirement of individual customersThe steps taken to improve necessary skills of the employees1) On the job training 7 days training for transferred employees 1-year probationary period for newly recruited employees Induction training to promoted employee from non-executive level to executive level 6 months probationary period for all executives who are promoted2) Off the job training Lecture Group discussions case studies Management games Developing presentation skill Conference External training Specific need base training etc

STYLE

Style refers to the flow of orders or method of communication in the organization In Usha Martin Pvt Ltd it is following participative style where in subordinates and their heads will have discussions and then they will take decision Here in Usha Martin all middle level management employees make discussion with their heads and take decision The management of Usha Martin Ltd is completely employee oriented They receive the feedback from the workers and decide on the change in the strategies

1 Top Down Approach

2 Bottom Up Approach

Strategy Specializing in developing and marketing special alloy steels and achieve possible market share in this niche are has been notable strategy adopted by the company Market penetration by the best possible past optimization techniques and achieving price excellence has been another strategy adopted by the company Smart sizing of the company through introduction of Voluntary Retirement Scheme and leveraging most advanced production has been another major strategy adopted by the company Very good selection and development systems adopted coupled with several employee welfare measures has been a notable strategy adopted by the company for attracting and retaining the talent Discharging corporate social responsibility through several society linkage programs in the area of health education and training has been yet another significant strategy adopted by the company Introduction of several quality systems including ISO certification has been yet another strategy adopted by the company for maintaining highest quality standards

SystemInventory Control SystemUsually a firm has to maintain several types of inventories The firm should therefore classify investors to identify which items should receive the most effort on controlling The firm should be selective in its approach to control investment in various types of inventories These analytical approaches are called ABC analysis and tend to measure the significance of each item of inventories in terms of its valueThe high value items are classified as lsquoA itemsrsquo and would be under the tightest control lsquoC itemsrsquo represent relatively least value and would be under simple control lsquoB itemsrsquo fall in between these two categories and require reasonable attention of controlThe ABC analysis concentrates on important items and is also known as ldquocontrol by importance and extensionrdquo So the items are classified as per the importance of their relative value this approach is also known as ldquoproportional value analysisrdquo

StaffThe staffs are graded from L I to L I I for non-executives and E1 to E9 for Executives The qualification for the non-executive employees are SSLC ITI and for executives Diploma and any degree or higher There is totally around 2600 staff members are there

Shared ValueThe company has a common goal to all its concerns and shares the information available in every concern The Usha Martin Ltd has implemented the following main objectivesIt has been able to build the lasting relationships with customers based on trust and mutual benefit It has been able to uphold highest ethical standards in conduct of the business It has been able to create and nurture a culture that supports flexibility learning and is proactive to change It also charted a challenging career for employees with opportunities for advancement and rewards It values the opportunity and responsibility to make a meaningful difference in peoplersquos levels

Swot Analysis- This reflects an important issue facing strategic managers should invest more in knowing their strengthrsquos to make them even stronger or should they invest in weakness to make their competitors weakStrengths-

Well equipped chemical and metallurgical laboratories Satisfied amp loyal customers Location advantage with proximity to major markets (north south east west)The company is known for its quality of alloy amp special steelWeakness-

Out dated technology with regards to production Being a private sector emphasis is more on welfare measures rather than productivity or growth of the organization High overheads and fixed costs Adverse age mix of workers and high average wageOpportunity-

Growing in iron and steel market Competitive environment calls for improvement and increase in productivity Cost advantage with the adoption of sophisticated technologyThreats- Upgraded technology used by other manufacturer helps in supplying the rates which could eat the market share Too many welfare activities lead to the increase in expectations of employees this could at some point of time become a reason for dispute Competition

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Financial statements analysis is ldquoA process of evaluating financial and profitable position of an organization by comparing two or more homogeneous figures and interpreting thereofrdquoAccording to this definition analysis of financial statement is a process by which management will make an effort to draw conclusion on financial and profit position of an organization In order to do this process one has to make comparison of homogeneous figures provides certain information with which inference or conclusion can be drawn

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDYThe major objective of financial statement analysis is to provide decision makers information about business enterprises for use in decision-making Users of financial statement information are the decision makers concerned with evaluating the economic situation of the firm and predicting its future course The major groups of users of financial efficiency of the enterprises are whole subunits (eg Departments) lenders and creditors for determining the creditworthiness and solvency position etcThe different users and decision makers can use financial statement analysis Assessment of past performance and current position Prediction of Net income and Growth prospects

Prediction of bankruptcy and failure Load decisions by financial institutions and Banks

SCOPE OF THE STUDY This study confines itself to the analysis of Usha Martin Ltd On the basis of comparative common size and ratio analysis and the analysis covered a period of four years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 The data used in this analysis has been obtained from the annual reports ie Balance sheets and profit amp loss Account

RATIO ANALYSIS Ratio analysis is the most important tool of analyzing these financial statements (profit amp loss ac and balance sheet)It helps the reader in giving tongue to the mute heaps of figures given in financial statements The figures then speak of liquidity solvency profitability etc of the business enterprise

Classification of ratios(A)LIQUIDITY RATIOCURRENT RATIOThe ratio explains the relationship between current assets and current liabilities of a business This ratio measures the solvency of the company in the short-term Current Ratio - Current assets Current liabilities

Current Assets = Cash in Hand + Cash at Bank + BR + Short-term Investments(Marketable Securities) + Debtors(Debtors- Provision) + Stock(Stock of Finished Goods + Raw Material + Work in Progress) + Prepaid Expenses

Current Liabilities = Bank Overdraft + BP + Creditors + Provision for Taxation + Proposed Dividends + Unclaimed Dividends + Outstanding Expenses + Loans Payable within a year

SignificanceThe ratio is used to assess the firmrsquos ability to meet its short-term liabilities on time A current ratio of 1331 is supposed to be an ideal ratio The higher the ratio the better it is If the current ratio is less than 1331 it indicate loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital

TABLE NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO (Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current AssetsInventories 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Sundry debtors 1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548Cash and bank 517489 370805 463607 764682Other current assets

225640 260942 340486 239621

Loan and advances

1648665 2119931 4024216 2780155

Total current 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 11: Shalini

McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL

lsquoHardrsquo variables Strategy plan leading to allocation of resources Structure Organization reporting lines geography etc Systems formal and informal processes used

lsquoSoftrsquo variables Staff demographics of personnel Style behavior of managers when interacting with others Skills core competencies of the firm Shared Value culture which is actually the core element to it all

SkillsA skill refers to how smart an employee does his work with available source In marketing department various steps are taken for staff to develop appropriate new skills for marketing their products The company is able to manufacture over 200 grades of alloy and special steels to meet the specific requirement of individual customersThe steps taken to improve necessary skills of the employees1) On the job training 7 days training for transferred employees 1-year probationary period for newly recruited employees Induction training to promoted employee from non-executive level to executive level 6 months probationary period for all executives who are promoted2) Off the job training Lecture Group discussions case studies Management games Developing presentation skill Conference External training Specific need base training etc

STYLE

Style refers to the flow of orders or method of communication in the organization In Usha Martin Pvt Ltd it is following participative style where in subordinates and their heads will have discussions and then they will take decision Here in Usha Martin all middle level management employees make discussion with their heads and take decision The management of Usha Martin Ltd is completely employee oriented They receive the feedback from the workers and decide on the change in the strategies

1 Top Down Approach

2 Bottom Up Approach

Strategy Specializing in developing and marketing special alloy steels and achieve possible market share in this niche are has been notable strategy adopted by the company Market penetration by the best possible past optimization techniques and achieving price excellence has been another strategy adopted by the company Smart sizing of the company through introduction of Voluntary Retirement Scheme and leveraging most advanced production has been another major strategy adopted by the company Very good selection and development systems adopted coupled with several employee welfare measures has been a notable strategy adopted by the company for attracting and retaining the talent Discharging corporate social responsibility through several society linkage programs in the area of health education and training has been yet another significant strategy adopted by the company Introduction of several quality systems including ISO certification has been yet another strategy adopted by the company for maintaining highest quality standards

SystemInventory Control SystemUsually a firm has to maintain several types of inventories The firm should therefore classify investors to identify which items should receive the most effort on controlling The firm should be selective in its approach to control investment in various types of inventories These analytical approaches are called ABC analysis and tend to measure the significance of each item of inventories in terms of its valueThe high value items are classified as lsquoA itemsrsquo and would be under the tightest control lsquoC itemsrsquo represent relatively least value and would be under simple control lsquoB itemsrsquo fall in between these two categories and require reasonable attention of controlThe ABC analysis concentrates on important items and is also known as ldquocontrol by importance and extensionrdquo So the items are classified as per the importance of their relative value this approach is also known as ldquoproportional value analysisrdquo

StaffThe staffs are graded from L I to L I I for non-executives and E1 to E9 for Executives The qualification for the non-executive employees are SSLC ITI and for executives Diploma and any degree or higher There is totally around 2600 staff members are there

Shared ValueThe company has a common goal to all its concerns and shares the information available in every concern The Usha Martin Ltd has implemented the following main objectivesIt has been able to build the lasting relationships with customers based on trust and mutual benefit It has been able to uphold highest ethical standards in conduct of the business It has been able to create and nurture a culture that supports flexibility learning and is proactive to change It also charted a challenging career for employees with opportunities for advancement and rewards It values the opportunity and responsibility to make a meaningful difference in peoplersquos levels

Swot Analysis- This reflects an important issue facing strategic managers should invest more in knowing their strengthrsquos to make them even stronger or should they invest in weakness to make their competitors weakStrengths-

Well equipped chemical and metallurgical laboratories Satisfied amp loyal customers Location advantage with proximity to major markets (north south east west)The company is known for its quality of alloy amp special steelWeakness-

Out dated technology with regards to production Being a private sector emphasis is more on welfare measures rather than productivity or growth of the organization High overheads and fixed costs Adverse age mix of workers and high average wageOpportunity-

Growing in iron and steel market Competitive environment calls for improvement and increase in productivity Cost advantage with the adoption of sophisticated technologyThreats- Upgraded technology used by other manufacturer helps in supplying the rates which could eat the market share Too many welfare activities lead to the increase in expectations of employees this could at some point of time become a reason for dispute Competition

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Financial statements analysis is ldquoA process of evaluating financial and profitable position of an organization by comparing two or more homogeneous figures and interpreting thereofrdquoAccording to this definition analysis of financial statement is a process by which management will make an effort to draw conclusion on financial and profit position of an organization In order to do this process one has to make comparison of homogeneous figures provides certain information with which inference or conclusion can be drawn

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDYThe major objective of financial statement analysis is to provide decision makers information about business enterprises for use in decision-making Users of financial statement information are the decision makers concerned with evaluating the economic situation of the firm and predicting its future course The major groups of users of financial efficiency of the enterprises are whole subunits (eg Departments) lenders and creditors for determining the creditworthiness and solvency position etcThe different users and decision makers can use financial statement analysis Assessment of past performance and current position Prediction of Net income and Growth prospects

Prediction of bankruptcy and failure Load decisions by financial institutions and Banks

SCOPE OF THE STUDY This study confines itself to the analysis of Usha Martin Ltd On the basis of comparative common size and ratio analysis and the analysis covered a period of four years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 The data used in this analysis has been obtained from the annual reports ie Balance sheets and profit amp loss Account

RATIO ANALYSIS Ratio analysis is the most important tool of analyzing these financial statements (profit amp loss ac and balance sheet)It helps the reader in giving tongue to the mute heaps of figures given in financial statements The figures then speak of liquidity solvency profitability etc of the business enterprise

Classification of ratios(A)LIQUIDITY RATIOCURRENT RATIOThe ratio explains the relationship between current assets and current liabilities of a business This ratio measures the solvency of the company in the short-term Current Ratio - Current assets Current liabilities

Current Assets = Cash in Hand + Cash at Bank + BR + Short-term Investments(Marketable Securities) + Debtors(Debtors- Provision) + Stock(Stock of Finished Goods + Raw Material + Work in Progress) + Prepaid Expenses

Current Liabilities = Bank Overdraft + BP + Creditors + Provision for Taxation + Proposed Dividends + Unclaimed Dividends + Outstanding Expenses + Loans Payable within a year

SignificanceThe ratio is used to assess the firmrsquos ability to meet its short-term liabilities on time A current ratio of 1331 is supposed to be an ideal ratio The higher the ratio the better it is If the current ratio is less than 1331 it indicate loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital

TABLE NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO (Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current AssetsInventories 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Sundry debtors 1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548Cash and bank 517489 370805 463607 764682Other current assets

225640 260942 340486 239621

Loan and advances

1648665 2119931 4024216 2780155

Total current 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 12: Shalini

Strategy Specializing in developing and marketing special alloy steels and achieve possible market share in this niche are has been notable strategy adopted by the company Market penetration by the best possible past optimization techniques and achieving price excellence has been another strategy adopted by the company Smart sizing of the company through introduction of Voluntary Retirement Scheme and leveraging most advanced production has been another major strategy adopted by the company Very good selection and development systems adopted coupled with several employee welfare measures has been a notable strategy adopted by the company for attracting and retaining the talent Discharging corporate social responsibility through several society linkage programs in the area of health education and training has been yet another significant strategy adopted by the company Introduction of several quality systems including ISO certification has been yet another strategy adopted by the company for maintaining highest quality standards

SystemInventory Control SystemUsually a firm has to maintain several types of inventories The firm should therefore classify investors to identify which items should receive the most effort on controlling The firm should be selective in its approach to control investment in various types of inventories These analytical approaches are called ABC analysis and tend to measure the significance of each item of inventories in terms of its valueThe high value items are classified as lsquoA itemsrsquo and would be under the tightest control lsquoC itemsrsquo represent relatively least value and would be under simple control lsquoB itemsrsquo fall in between these two categories and require reasonable attention of controlThe ABC analysis concentrates on important items and is also known as ldquocontrol by importance and extensionrdquo So the items are classified as per the importance of their relative value this approach is also known as ldquoproportional value analysisrdquo

StaffThe staffs are graded from L I to L I I for non-executives and E1 to E9 for Executives The qualification for the non-executive employees are SSLC ITI and for executives Diploma and any degree or higher There is totally around 2600 staff members are there

Shared ValueThe company has a common goal to all its concerns and shares the information available in every concern The Usha Martin Ltd has implemented the following main objectivesIt has been able to build the lasting relationships with customers based on trust and mutual benefit It has been able to uphold highest ethical standards in conduct of the business It has been able to create and nurture a culture that supports flexibility learning and is proactive to change It also charted a challenging career for employees with opportunities for advancement and rewards It values the opportunity and responsibility to make a meaningful difference in peoplersquos levels

Swot Analysis- This reflects an important issue facing strategic managers should invest more in knowing their strengthrsquos to make them even stronger or should they invest in weakness to make their competitors weakStrengths-

Well equipped chemical and metallurgical laboratories Satisfied amp loyal customers Location advantage with proximity to major markets (north south east west)The company is known for its quality of alloy amp special steelWeakness-

Out dated technology with regards to production Being a private sector emphasis is more on welfare measures rather than productivity or growth of the organization High overheads and fixed costs Adverse age mix of workers and high average wageOpportunity-

Growing in iron and steel market Competitive environment calls for improvement and increase in productivity Cost advantage with the adoption of sophisticated technologyThreats- Upgraded technology used by other manufacturer helps in supplying the rates which could eat the market share Too many welfare activities lead to the increase in expectations of employees this could at some point of time become a reason for dispute Competition

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Financial statements analysis is ldquoA process of evaluating financial and profitable position of an organization by comparing two or more homogeneous figures and interpreting thereofrdquoAccording to this definition analysis of financial statement is a process by which management will make an effort to draw conclusion on financial and profit position of an organization In order to do this process one has to make comparison of homogeneous figures provides certain information with which inference or conclusion can be drawn

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDYThe major objective of financial statement analysis is to provide decision makers information about business enterprises for use in decision-making Users of financial statement information are the decision makers concerned with evaluating the economic situation of the firm and predicting its future course The major groups of users of financial efficiency of the enterprises are whole subunits (eg Departments) lenders and creditors for determining the creditworthiness and solvency position etcThe different users and decision makers can use financial statement analysis Assessment of past performance and current position Prediction of Net income and Growth prospects

Prediction of bankruptcy and failure Load decisions by financial institutions and Banks

SCOPE OF THE STUDY This study confines itself to the analysis of Usha Martin Ltd On the basis of comparative common size and ratio analysis and the analysis covered a period of four years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 The data used in this analysis has been obtained from the annual reports ie Balance sheets and profit amp loss Account

RATIO ANALYSIS Ratio analysis is the most important tool of analyzing these financial statements (profit amp loss ac and balance sheet)It helps the reader in giving tongue to the mute heaps of figures given in financial statements The figures then speak of liquidity solvency profitability etc of the business enterprise

Classification of ratios(A)LIQUIDITY RATIOCURRENT RATIOThe ratio explains the relationship between current assets and current liabilities of a business This ratio measures the solvency of the company in the short-term Current Ratio - Current assets Current liabilities

Current Assets = Cash in Hand + Cash at Bank + BR + Short-term Investments(Marketable Securities) + Debtors(Debtors- Provision) + Stock(Stock of Finished Goods + Raw Material + Work in Progress) + Prepaid Expenses

Current Liabilities = Bank Overdraft + BP + Creditors + Provision for Taxation + Proposed Dividends + Unclaimed Dividends + Outstanding Expenses + Loans Payable within a year

SignificanceThe ratio is used to assess the firmrsquos ability to meet its short-term liabilities on time A current ratio of 1331 is supposed to be an ideal ratio The higher the ratio the better it is If the current ratio is less than 1331 it indicate loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital

TABLE NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO (Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current AssetsInventories 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Sundry debtors 1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548Cash and bank 517489 370805 463607 764682Other current assets

225640 260942 340486 239621

Loan and advances

1648665 2119931 4024216 2780155

Total current 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 13: Shalini

Swot Analysis- This reflects an important issue facing strategic managers should invest more in knowing their strengthrsquos to make them even stronger or should they invest in weakness to make their competitors weakStrengths-

Well equipped chemical and metallurgical laboratories Satisfied amp loyal customers Location advantage with proximity to major markets (north south east west)The company is known for its quality of alloy amp special steelWeakness-

Out dated technology with regards to production Being a private sector emphasis is more on welfare measures rather than productivity or growth of the organization High overheads and fixed costs Adverse age mix of workers and high average wageOpportunity-

Growing in iron and steel market Competitive environment calls for improvement and increase in productivity Cost advantage with the adoption of sophisticated technologyThreats- Upgraded technology used by other manufacturer helps in supplying the rates which could eat the market share Too many welfare activities lead to the increase in expectations of employees this could at some point of time become a reason for dispute Competition

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Financial statements analysis is ldquoA process of evaluating financial and profitable position of an organization by comparing two or more homogeneous figures and interpreting thereofrdquoAccording to this definition analysis of financial statement is a process by which management will make an effort to draw conclusion on financial and profit position of an organization In order to do this process one has to make comparison of homogeneous figures provides certain information with which inference or conclusion can be drawn

OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDYThe major objective of financial statement analysis is to provide decision makers information about business enterprises for use in decision-making Users of financial statement information are the decision makers concerned with evaluating the economic situation of the firm and predicting its future course The major groups of users of financial efficiency of the enterprises are whole subunits (eg Departments) lenders and creditors for determining the creditworthiness and solvency position etcThe different users and decision makers can use financial statement analysis Assessment of past performance and current position Prediction of Net income and Growth prospects

Prediction of bankruptcy and failure Load decisions by financial institutions and Banks

SCOPE OF THE STUDY This study confines itself to the analysis of Usha Martin Ltd On the basis of comparative common size and ratio analysis and the analysis covered a period of four years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 The data used in this analysis has been obtained from the annual reports ie Balance sheets and profit amp loss Account

RATIO ANALYSIS Ratio analysis is the most important tool of analyzing these financial statements (profit amp loss ac and balance sheet)It helps the reader in giving tongue to the mute heaps of figures given in financial statements The figures then speak of liquidity solvency profitability etc of the business enterprise

Classification of ratios(A)LIQUIDITY RATIOCURRENT RATIOThe ratio explains the relationship between current assets and current liabilities of a business This ratio measures the solvency of the company in the short-term Current Ratio - Current assets Current liabilities

Current Assets = Cash in Hand + Cash at Bank + BR + Short-term Investments(Marketable Securities) + Debtors(Debtors- Provision) + Stock(Stock of Finished Goods + Raw Material + Work in Progress) + Prepaid Expenses

Current Liabilities = Bank Overdraft + BP + Creditors + Provision for Taxation + Proposed Dividends + Unclaimed Dividends + Outstanding Expenses + Loans Payable within a year

SignificanceThe ratio is used to assess the firmrsquos ability to meet its short-term liabilities on time A current ratio of 1331 is supposed to be an ideal ratio The higher the ratio the better it is If the current ratio is less than 1331 it indicate loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital

TABLE NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO (Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current AssetsInventories 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Sundry debtors 1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548Cash and bank 517489 370805 463607 764682Other current assets

225640 260942 340486 239621

Loan and advances

1648665 2119931 4024216 2780155

Total current 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 14: Shalini

Prediction of bankruptcy and failure Load decisions by financial institutions and Banks

SCOPE OF THE STUDY This study confines itself to the analysis of Usha Martin Ltd On the basis of comparative common size and ratio analysis and the analysis covered a period of four years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 The data used in this analysis has been obtained from the annual reports ie Balance sheets and profit amp loss Account

RATIO ANALYSIS Ratio analysis is the most important tool of analyzing these financial statements (profit amp loss ac and balance sheet)It helps the reader in giving tongue to the mute heaps of figures given in financial statements The figures then speak of liquidity solvency profitability etc of the business enterprise

Classification of ratios(A)LIQUIDITY RATIOCURRENT RATIOThe ratio explains the relationship between current assets and current liabilities of a business This ratio measures the solvency of the company in the short-term Current Ratio - Current assets Current liabilities

Current Assets = Cash in Hand + Cash at Bank + BR + Short-term Investments(Marketable Securities) + Debtors(Debtors- Provision) + Stock(Stock of Finished Goods + Raw Material + Work in Progress) + Prepaid Expenses

Current Liabilities = Bank Overdraft + BP + Creditors + Provision for Taxation + Proposed Dividends + Unclaimed Dividends + Outstanding Expenses + Loans Payable within a year

SignificanceThe ratio is used to assess the firmrsquos ability to meet its short-term liabilities on time A current ratio of 1331 is supposed to be an ideal ratio The higher the ratio the better it is If the current ratio is less than 1331 it indicate loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital

TABLE NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO (Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current AssetsInventories 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Sundry debtors 1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548Cash and bank 517489 370805 463607 764682Other current assets

225640 260942 340486 239621

Loan and advances

1648665 2119931 4024216 2780155

Total current 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 15: Shalini

assets(A)

Current LiabilitiesLiabilities 3769487 4612543 8609576 9812920Provision 210109 262565 381723 373392Total current liability(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1761 1731 1411 1081

CHART NO-1 SHOWING CURRENT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

020406081

12141618

Comments

As it is said that the current ratio should be more than 1331The current ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2008-2009 2009-2010 amp2010-2011The current assets are on an increase in this three years in short it means that for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 176 rupee of current assets in the year 2008-09 In the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 173 rupee of current assets And in the year 2009-10 for every one rupee of current liabilities there is 141 rupee of current assets But in the year 2010-11 the current ratio has been declined to 108 because of decrease in current assets and increase in current liabilities compared to year 2009-10 Obviously in this case it should not considered to be sign of financial weakness

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 16: Shalini

QUICK RATIO

It is also called acid test ratio or liquid ratio Quick ratio indicates whether the firm is in a position to pay its current liabilities within a month or immediately Quick Ratio or Acid Test Ratio =Liquid AssetsCurrent Liabilities Liquid assets thus include cash debtors bills receivable and short-term securities

SignificanceAn ideal quick ratio is said to be 11 If it is more it is considered to be better The idea is that for every rupee of current liabilities there should at least be one rupee of liquid assets

TABLE NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Current assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Liquid assets(A) 4374286 5020782 7391814 7013006Current liabilities(B)

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Ratio = AB 1101 1031 0821 0691

CHART NO-2 SHOWING QUICK RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

Comments The above table and chart shows that the quick ratio of UML is very satisfactory in 2005-06 amp 2006-07 because it is more than 11 It shows that for one rupee of current liabilities there is 110 rupee of quick assets in the year 2005-06 while in the year 2006-07 UML has 103 rupee of quick assets for every one rupee of current liabilities But in 2007-08 amp 2008-09 it

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 17: Shalini

has been declined to 0821 amp 0691 respectively because of increase in current liabilities But seeing the past record we can say that UML will recover its position

(B) LEVERAGE RATIOS

DEBT EQUITY RATIO This ratio is calculated to ascertain the soundness of the long-term financial policies of the

firm

DebtEquity OR

Long Term LoansShareholderrsquos Funds or Net Worth

TABLE NO-3 SHOWING DEBT EQUITY RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009

Debt

Secured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503

Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -

Deferred Tax Liability 1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(A) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Equity Share Capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve amp Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Total Equity (B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = AB 1411 1241 1261 1561

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 18: Shalini

CHART NO-3DEBT EQUITY RATIOSignificance This ratio is calculated to assess the ability of the firm to meet its long term liabilities Generally debt-equity ratio of 21 is considered safe The ideal ratio is 21 meaning that long term liabilities of the business should be two times of the shareholders fund

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the debt equity ratio of UML is 1411 in year 2008-09 which has been declined to 1241 in year 2009-10 In 2010-11 amp 2011-12 it has increased to 1261 amp 1561 The reasons being continuous increase in secured loans and reserves amp surplus and decrease in unsecured loans

TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIOThis ratio is a variation of the debt-equity ratio and gives the same indication as the debt-equity ratio In this ratio total assets are expressed in relation to long term debts It is calculated as under-

Total Assets to Debt Ratio = Total Assets Debt or long-term Loans

SignificanceThis ratio expresses the relationship between the long term loans and total assets of a business enterprise It measures the proportion of total assets financed through long-term loans If the percentage of total assets financed through long-term loans is higher it is generally treated an indicator of risky financial position from the long-term point of view

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

02

04

06

08

1

12

14

16

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 19: Shalini

TABLE NO-4 SHOWING TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

AssetsCurrent Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(A) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

DebtSecured Loan 6717748 7441398 8670608 14661503Unsecured Loan 158367 52340 761414 -Deferred Tax Liability

1335064 1434331 1467708 1221053

Total Debt(B) 8211179 8928069 10899730 15882556

Ratio = AB 2011 2171 2501 2161

CHART NO-4 TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 20: Shalini

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

05

1

15

2

25

Comments The above table and chart shows that the total assets to debt ratio is increasing from 2011 to 2501 in the year 2008-09 to 2009-10 But decreased to 216 in the year 2010-11 The fixed assets are on an increasing trend throughout the four years The current assets decreased in the last year Secured loans are on an increasing trend and unsecured loans are on an decreasing trend throughout the four years

PROPRIETARY RATIO- This ratio indicates the proportion of total assets funded by owners or shareholdersProprietary Ratio = Equity (Shareholderrsquos Funds)Total Assets or Shareholderrsquos FundsTotal Assets

Significance A higher proprietary ratio is generally treated an indicator of sound financial position from long-term point of view because it means that a large proportion of total assets is provided by equity and hence the firm is less dependent on external sources of finance On the contrary a low proprietary ratio is a danger signal for Long-term lenders as it indicates a lower margin of safety available to them The lower the ratio the less secured are the long-term loans and they face the risk of losing their money

TABLE NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETORY RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Shareholders FundsCapital 221920 240045 250920 250920Equity warrants 88740 33278 334950 -Reserve and Surplus 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Total(A) 5915708 7210053 8989960 10162756Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 21: Shalini

Fixed Assets 9542787 10970665 14490841 23310700Total Assets(B) 16538740 19381998 27206836 34360806

Ratio = AB 0361 0371 0331 0301

CHART NO-5 SHOWING PROPRIETARY RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

00501015020250303504

Comments The ratio shows a strong financial position of the company The higher the ratio the better it is The proprietary ratio of UML increased from 0361 to 0371 from year 2008-09 to 2009-10 and decrease to 0331 amp 0301 in year 2009-10 amp 2010-11 The share capital increased in first three years then it was stable The reserve increased in all four years The current assets increased in first three years but it decreased in last year The fixed asset shows an increasing trend from 2008-09 to 2011-12

RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between reserves and capital More reserve shows financial soundness of the firm because it will be able to meet future losses if any out of reservesReserve to capital ratio = ReserveCapital

TABLE NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Reserve(A) 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836Capital(B) 221920 240045 250920 250920

Ratio = AB 25261 28901 33491 39501

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 22: Shalini

CHART NO-6 SHOWING RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Comments The above table and chart shows that the reverse to capital ratio was 2526 in the year 2008-2009 which has been increased to 2890 in next year and it has further increased to 3349 and 3950 in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It is showing increasing trend in the reserve to capital ratio

(C) PROFITABILITY RATIOS

NET PROFIT RATIO This Ratio shows the relationship between Net profit and Net sales

Net profit ratio = Net profitNet sales times 100

TABLE NO-11 SHOWING NET PROFIT RATIO (Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit(A) 649641 1014760 1448327 1465567

Net sales(B) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Ratio = ABtimes100 5 7 9 7

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 23: Shalini

CHART NO-11 SHOWINGNET PROFIT RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120123456789

Comments

The above table and chart shows that net profit ratio is in the increasing order in the year 2008-09 2009-10 amp 2010-11 But it decreased to 7 in the year 2011-12 due to the increase in the expenditure On the basis of the first three year we can say that the company is having sufficient profit which can be easily used at the time of crisis

NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between Net Profit amp Net WorthNet profit to net worth ratio = (net profit after interest but before taxnet worth)times100Net worth ratio = Equity and preference share capital + Reserves + Accumulated Profit

TABLE NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net profit after interest but before tax (A)

1007385 1383960 2007127 2140412

Net worthShare capital 221920 240045 250920 250920

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 24: Shalini

Reserve 5605048 6936730 8404090 9911836

Net worth(B) 5826968 7176775 8655010 10162756

Ratio = ABtimes100 171 191 231 211

CHART NO-12 SHOWING NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO

2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-20120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the net profit to net worth ratio is an increasing trend It increased from 171 to 231 from 2008-09 to 2010-11 But net profit to net worth ratio decreased to 211 in the year 2011-12 The net profit after interest but before tax and reserves increased from 2008-09 to 2011-12 The share capital has increased in the year 2010-11 compare to year 2008-09 And it has remained constant in the year 2011-12

(D) ACTIVITY RATIO

DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO This ratio indicates the relationship between credit sales and average debtors during the year

Debtors Turnover Ratio = Net credit salesAverage debtors

Average debtors = (opening debtor + closing debtor)2

SIGNIFICANCEThis ratio indicates the speed with which the amount is collected from debtor The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that amount from debtors being collected more quickly

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 25: Shalini

The more quickly the debtors pay the less is the risk of bad debt and so it lower the expenses of collection and increase the liquidity of the firm A lower ratio will indicate the efficient credit sales policies of the management It means that credit sale have been made to customers who do not decrease much credit

TABLE NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TIRNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Credit sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening debtor 2513970 1982492 2269104 2563505Add-closing debtor

1982492 2269104 2563505 3228548

Total debtor(B) 4496462 4251596 4832609 5792053

Average debtor(C)= B2

2248231 2125798 2416305 2896027

Ratio = AC 548 times 663 times 685 times 735 times

CHART NO-7 SHOWING DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12012345678

Comments

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 26: Shalini

The above table and chart shows the increasing trend of debtors turnover ratio of UML Debtors turnover which measures whether the amount of resources tied up in debtors is reasonable and whether the company has been efficient in converting debtors into cash Higher the ratio better the position This shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors The ratio in case of UML is very high ie the company is in very good position

WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio measures the relationship between working capital sales This ratio shows the number of times the working capital result in salesWorking Capital = Current assets ndash Current LiabilitiesWorking Capital Turnover Ratio = Net Sales Working Capital

Significance It is very significant for non manufacturing concerns where working capital is more than fixed assets It reflects the efficiency in the utilization of working capital High ratio shows Overtrading amp low shows over taking

TABLE NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand)

PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Gross sales 13771836 15737419 18527701 23072056Less-Excise duty 1453958 1651372 1968714 1799803Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Current Assets 6995953 8411333 12715995 11050106Less-Current liabilities

3979596 4875108 8991299 10186312

Working Capital(B)

3016357 3536225 3724696 863794

Ratio = AB 408 times 398 times 445 times 2463 times

CHART NO-8 SHOWING WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 27: Shalini

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

5

10

15

20

25

CommentsThe above table and chart shows that the working capital turnover ratio is 408 times in the year 2008-09 which has been decreased to 398 times in the year 2009-10 The ratio increased to 445 times amp 2463 times in the year 2010-11 amp 2011-12 respectively It shows the efficient utilization of working capital

INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIOThis ratio indicates the relationship between the cost of goods sold or sales during the year and average stock kept during that yearInventory Turnover ratio= Net SalesAverage Stock or Cost of Goods SoldAverage StockAverage Stock = Opening Stock + Closing Stock2Significance This ratio indicates whether stock has been efficiently used or not It shows the speed with which the stock is rotated into sales or the number of times the stock is turned into sales during the year The higher the ratio the better it is since it indicates that stock is selling quickly In a business where stock turnover ratio is high goods can be sold at a low margin of profit and even then the profitability may be quite high A low stock turnover ratio indicates that stock does not sell quickly and remains lying in the go down for quite a long time

TABLE NO-9 SHOWING INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO

(Rs in thousand) PARTICULARS 2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012

Net sales(A) 12317878 14086047 16558987 21272253

Opening Stock 2840534 2621667 3390551 5324181Closing Stock 2621667 3390551 5324181 4037100Total Stock(B) 5462201 6012218 8714732 9361281

Avg stock= B2 2731101 3006109 4357366 4680641

Ratio = AC 451 times 469 times 380 times 454 times

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 28: Shalini

CHART NO-9 INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-120

1

2

3

4

5

Comments

The above table and chart shows that the inventory turnover ratio is 451 times in the year 2008-09 which has been increased to 469 times in the year 2009-10 In the year 2010-11 inventory turnover ratio decreased to 380 times and which has been increased to 454 times in the year 2011-12 This ratio indicates how fast the inventory is converted into sales here high ratio implies good inventory management In the year 2008-09 amp 2009-10 the inventory management is good But it decreased in the year 2010-11 it the sign of inefficient inventory management But again it increased in the year 2011-12

Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 ABSOLUTE CHANGES

CHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 250920 - -Equity warrants - 334950 -334950 -100Reserve and Surplus 9911836 8404090 1507746 1794

Loan FundsSecured Loans 14661503 8670608 5990895 6909Unsecured Loans - 761414 -761414 -100Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1221053 1467708 -246655 -1681

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 19383467 16807170 2576297 1533Less Depreciation 8018284 7209382 808902 1122Impairment Loss 140835 140835 - -Net block 11224348 9456953 1767395 1868Capital Work In Progress 12086352 5033888 7052464 14009Investment 1863513 1658014 205499 1239Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 4037100 5324181 -1287081 -2417Sundry Debtors 3228548 2563505 665043 2594

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 29: Shalini

Cash and Bank Balance 764682 463607 271075 5847Other Current Assets 239621 340486 -100865 -2962Loans and Advances 2780155 4024216 -1244061 -3091Total current assets 11050106 12715995 -1665889 -1310Less Current Liabilities and provisions

10186312 8991299 1195013 1329

Net Current Assets 863794 3724696 -2860902 -7681Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 7305 16139 -8834 -5474

Total 26045312 19889690 6155622 3095

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)

INTERPRETATION

I Sources of funds There is no change in share capital Equity warrants has been decreased by 100 in the year 2012 compared to year2011 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 1794 in the year 2012 when compared to year 2011 There has been increased by 6909 in secured loans and decreased by 100 in unsecured loans and deferred tax liabilities has been also decreased by 1681 in the year 2009 when compared to the year 2011II application of fundThe fixed assets has been increased by 1868 in the year 2012 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 14009 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 Investment has been increased by 1239 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 The net current assets has been decreased by 7681 in the year 2012 when compared to the year 2011 COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2009-10 amp2010-11 (Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 250920 240045 10875 453Equity warrants 334950 33278 301672 90652Reserve and Surplus 8404090 6936730 1467360 2115

Loan FundsSecured Loans 8670608 7441398 1229210 1652Unsecured Loans 761414 52340 709074 135475Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1467708 1434331 33377 233

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 16807170 15739283 1067887 678Less Depreciation 7209382 6551753 657629 1004Impairment Loss 140835 187451 -46616 -2486

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 30: Shalini

Net block 9456953 9000079 456874 507Capital Work In Progress 5033888 1970586 3063302 15545Investment 1658014 1600805 57209 357Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 5324181 3390551 1933630 5703Sundry Debtors 2563505 2269104 294401 1297Cash and Bank Balance 463607 370805 92802 2502Other Current Assets 340486 260942 79544 3048Loans and Advances 4024216 2119931 1904285 8983Total current assets 12715995 8411333 4304662 5117Less Current Liabilities and provisions

8991299 4875108 4116191 8443

Net Current Assets 3724696 3536225 188471 533Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure

16139 30427 -14288 -4695

Total 19889690 16138122 3751568 2325

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds Share capital has been increased by 453 in the year2011 compare to 2010 Equity warrants has been increased by 90652 in the year 2011 compared to year2010 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2115 in the year 2011 when compared to year 2010 There has been increased by 1652 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 135475 and Net deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 233 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

II application of fund The fixed assets has been increased by 507 in the year 2011 when compared to the last year Capital work in progress has been also increased by 15545 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Investment has been increased by 357 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 The net current assets have been increased by 533 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010 Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 4695 in the year 2011 when compared to the year 2010

COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 ABSOLUTE

CHANGESCHANGESIn

SOURCE OF FUNDSShareholdersrsquo FundsCapital 240045 221920 18125 817Equity warrants 33278 88740 -55462 -6250Reserve and Surplus 6936730 5605048 1331682 2376

Loan FundsSecured Loans 7441398 6717748 723650 1077Unsecured Loans 52340 158367 106027 6695Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 1434331 1335064 99267 7435

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424APPLICATION OF FUNDSFixed AssetsGross Block 15739283 14914639 824644 553Less Depreciation 6551753 5879443 672310 1143Impairment Loss 187451 188024 -573 -03Net block 9000079 8847172 152907 173Capital Work In Progress 1970586 695615 1274971 18329Investment 1600805 1525755 75050 492

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 31: Shalini

Current assets Loans and advancesInventories 3390551 2621667 768884 2933Sundry Debtors 2269104 1982492 286610 1445Cash and Bank Balance 370805 517489 -146684 -2834Other Current Assets 260942 225640 35302 1564Loans and Advances 2119931 1648665 471266 2858Total current assets 8411333 6995953 1415380 2023Less Current Liabilities and provisions

4875108 3979596 895512 2250

Net Current Assets 3536225 3016357 519868 1723Miscellaneous ExpenditureDeferred Revenue Expenditure 30427 41988 -11561 -2753

Total 16138122 14126887 2011235 1424

INTERPRETATIONI Sources of funds

Share capital has been increased by 817 in the year2010 compare to 2009 Equity warrants has been decreased

by 6250 in the year 2010 compared to year2009 And the reserve amp surplus has been increased by 2376 in the

year 2010 when compared to year 2009

There has been increased by 1077 in secured loans and also increased in unsecured loans by 6695 and Net

deferred tax liabilities has been increased by 7435 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

II application of fund

The fixed assets has been increased by 173 in the year 2010 when compared to the last year

Capital work in progress has been also increased by 18329 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Investment has been increased by 429 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

The net current assets has been increased by 1723 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

Deferred revenue expenditure has been decreased by 2753 in the year 2010 when compared to the year 2009

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2012 31-03-2011 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 23072056 18527701 4544355 2453Less Excise Duty 1799803 1968714 -168911 -858Turnover(Net) 21272253 16558987 4713266 2846Other Income 135315 156401 -21086 -1348Total 21407568 16715388 4692180 2807EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 35489 19899 15590 7834Raw Material Consumed 9336337 7478097 1858240 2485(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (208849) (295476) -86627 -2932Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

8150137 6036422 2113715 3502

Depreciation 850402 759209 91193 1201Interest 1233483 803752 429731 5346Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(129843) (93642) 36201 3866

Total 19267156 14708261 4558895 3099

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 32: Shalini

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2140412 2007127 133285 664Current Tax 910000 510300 399700 7833Fringe benefit tax 11500 11800 -300 -254Deferred Tax (246655) 36700 -283355 -77208

PROFIT AFTER TAX 1465567 1448327 17240 119Debenture redemption reserve written back

- 806050 -806050 -100

Profit brought forward from previous year

420792 209186 211606 10116

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1886359 2463563 -577204 -2343

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1250000 1750000 -500000 -2857Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 250242 - -Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 42529 - -Balance carried to Balance Sheet 343588 420792 -77204 -1835

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 2807 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 3099 in the year 2012 compared to the year 2011 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2012when compared to 2011

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 119 in the year 2012 when compared to 2011 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11

(Rs In thousand)Particulars 31-03-2011 31-03-2010 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 18527701 15737419 2790282 1773Less Excise Duty 1968714 1651372 317342 1922Turnover(Net) 16558987 14086047 2472940 1756Other Income 156401 143261 13140 917Total 16715388 14229308 2486080 1747EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 19899 15302 4597 3004Raw Material Consumed 7478097 5816061 1662036 2858(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (295476) (238579) 56897 2385Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

6036422 5801012 235410 406

Depreciation 759209 762804 -3595 -047Interest 803752 713016 90736 1272Adjustment for items Capitalized and (93642) (24268) 69374 28587

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 33: Shalini

Departmental orders for own ConsumptionTotal 14708261 12845348 1862913 1450

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 2007127 1383960 623167 4503Current Tax 510300 258600 251700 9733Fringe benefit tax 11800 11333 467 412Deferred Tax 36700 99267 -62567 -6303PROFIT AFTER TAX 1448327 1014760 433567 4273Debenture redemption reserve written back

806050 - 806050 100

Profit brought forward from previous year

209186 414004 -204818 -4947

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

2463563 1428764 1034799 7243

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1750000 1000000 750000 7500Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 250242 187681 62561 3333Provision for Dividend Tax 42529 31897 10632 3333Balance carried to Balance Sheet 420792 209186 211606 10116

INTERPRETATIONI Income

The income of the company has been increased by 1747 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It shows

that the raise in income

II Expenditure

The expenditure of the company has been increased by 1450 in the year 2011 compared to the year 2010 It

shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2011 when compared to 2010

III Profit after tax

The profit after tax has been increased by 4273 in the year 2011 when compared to 2010 It shows that the

company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10

(Rs in thousand)Particulars 31-03-2010 31-03-2009 Increase

DecreaseCHANGESIn

INCOMETurnover(Gross) 15737419 13771836 1965583 1427Less Excise Duty 1651372 1453958 197414 1358Turnover(Net) 14086047 12317878 1768169 1435Other Income 143261 94846 48415 5104Total 14229308 12412724 1816584 1463EXENDITUREPurchase of General Merchandise 15302 9616 5686 5913Raw Material Consumed 5816061 5250697 565364 1077(increase) Decrease in Stock-in-Trade (238579) (155097) 83482 5382Manufacturing Selling and Administrative Exp

5801012 4850660 950352 1959

Depreciation 762804 760996 1808 024Interest 713016 730603 -17587 -241

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 34: Shalini

Adjustment for items Capitalized and Departmental orders for own Consumption

(24268) (42136) -17868 -4241

Total 12845348 11405339 1440009 1263

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 1383960 1007385 376575 3738Current Tax 258600 85000 173600 20423Fringe benefit tax 11333 12200 -867 -711Deferred Tax 99267 260544 -161277 -6190PROFIT AFTER TAX 1014760 649641 365119 5620Debenture redemption reserve written back

- -

Profit brought forward from previous year

414004 403112 10892 270

PROFIT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION

1428764 1052753 376011 3572

APPROPRIATIONTransfer to General Reserve 1000000 500000 500000 100Proposed Dividend on Equity Shares 187681 121683 65998 5424Provision for Dividend Tax 31897 17066 14831 8690Balance carried to Balance Sheet 209186 414004 1440009 1263

INTERPRETATIONI IncomeThe income of the company has been increased by 1463 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the raise in income

II ExpenditureThe expenditure of the company has been increased by 1263 in the year 2010 compared to the year 2009 It shows that the company increase more expenditure cost in the year 2010 when compared to 2009

III Profit after tax The profit after tax has been increased by 5620 in the year 2010 when compared to 2009 It shows that the company earns good profit by using all the resources optimally

Overall Summary of Findings

The liquidity ratio ie current ratio and quick ratio of UML are quite healthy The company can manage to use some portion of the current asset in other productive activities The company is placed comfortable to fulfil its current obligations Reserve to capital ratio of UML has increased from 25261 to 39501 from 2008-09 to 2011-12 which ensure that UML has sufficient reserves which it can use at any point of crises in future time period The debtor turnover ratio of UML is also very satisfactory as it is said that higher the ratio the better it is for the company as it insures quick collection of money from the debtors It was 548 times in the year 2008-09 and increased to 735 times in the year 2011-12 The average collection period of the company should not be more than 90 days The period was 66 days in 2008-09 then it decreased to 51 days in 2011-12 which is healthy sign for a credit sale making company It insure that UML is able to collect its debt on time The working capital turnover ratio of any firm should be normal Excess ratio indicates overtrading while a lower ratio indicates overtaking The ratio in 2008-09 was 408 which increased to 2463 which is quite high It may result in overtrading

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 35: Shalini

The profitability ratio is also satisfactory The net profit ratio increased in first three years from 5 to 9 and decreased to 7 in the last year but the company will recover it in the future From the comparative analysis it was found that the test of overall profitability holds good

COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION

IntroductionTata Iron amp Steel Company Ltd (TISCO) is the iron and steel production company associated with the Tata group of some 80 different industrial and other business enterprises in India founded by members of the Tata family TISCO operates as Indias largest integrated steel works in the private sector with a market share of nearly 13 percent and is the second largest steel company in the entire industry Its products and services include hot and cold rolled coils and sheets tubes construction bars forging quality steel rods structurals strips and bearings steel plant and material handling equipment ferro alloys and other minerals software for process controls and cargo handling services Through its subsidiaries TISCO also offers tinplate wires rolls refractories and project management servicesProducts-BearingsFlat products (hot rolled cold rolled and coated products)Long products (Tata Tiscon rebars)WiresTata pipes

FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED

RATIOS 10-TISCO

UML 11-TISCO UML 12-TISCO UML

Current ratio 177 173 392 141 097 108Quick ratio 137 103 352 082 057 069Debt equity ratio 067 124 107 126 131 156Total assets to debt ratio

069 217 108 250 134 216

Profitability ratio 009 007 012 009 008 007Debtors turnover ratio

711 663 519 685 665 735

Working capital turnover ratio

412 398 50 458 665 2473

INTERPRETATION-

LIQUIDITY RATIO It is generally assumed that ldquoHigher the CR better is the Liquidity positionrdquo For UML it is greater than 1 for all the three years whereas it is less than 1 for TISCO in the year 2012due to loss of liquidity and shortage of working capital The quick ratio for both the companies are above the ideal ratio 1but the ratio of usha martin has declined in both the years(2011 amp 2012)due to the increase in current liabilities and same is the case with TISCO

LEVERAGE RATIO Debt equity ratio affects the cost of capital earning per share and the interest coverage ratio For TISCO the DER is very low This shows that the company is financing its business with

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 36: Shalini

the Reserves Along with that it could be observed that UMLrsquoS DER is nearly the same but is increasing

PROFITABILITY RATIOThe profitability ratio has been increasing for both the companies which shows that the companies are having sufficient profit which can easily be used at the time of crisis

ACTIVITY RATIOSFor UML the debtorsrsquo turnover ratio is in increasing trend in comparison to TISCO this shows that money is being quickly recovered from the debtors and company is in a very good condition Working capital turnover is very high in case of UML which shows that the working capital are fully and efficiently utilized

BALANCE SHEET OF UML Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundShareholderrsquos equity 240 251 251Reserves 7182 8823 10570Shareholders funds 7425 9074 10823Minority interest 119 118 164Secured loans 9255 10233 16447Unsecured loans 376 1144 266Total debts 9630 11375 16713Net deferred tax 1492 1536 1306Total liabilities and equity 18667 22103 29007Gross fixed assets 19848 21230 23836Less depreciation 8162 8959 10082Less impairment of assets 213 165 167Net fixed assets 1174 12106 13588Investment 04 04 04Misc expense not wf 30 16 07WIP 1988 5023 12104Current assets loans advanceCash 490 721 1088Receivables 2782 3234 4264Inventories 5403 7836 6566Loans and advances 2506 4233 3118Total current assets 11811 16024 15035Current liabilities and provisionCurrent liabilities 5733 10655 11217Provisions 288 415 513Total current liabilities and provision 6021 11070 11730Net current assets 5160 4954 3305Total assets 18667 22103 29007

BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO

Particulars 2010 2011 2012

Sources of fundTotal share capital 58089 620347 620314Equity share capital 58067 73078 73079Preference share capital 000 547222 547263Reserves 1336812 210976 2350123Net worth 140961 27300 2974012

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 37: Shalini

LoansSecured loans 37581 35209 391305Unsecured loans 5886 1450121 230331Total liabilities 2374123 4532222 5665078Application of fundsGross block 160298 164252 2005709Lessdepreciation 74861 8223 90812Net block 85432 82461 106512WIP 24972 431724 348768Investment 6106 41033 423712Inventories 23324 26043 34807Sundry debtors 63131 543 63587Cash and bank balance 4467 465 46378Total current assets 3411 361376 45802Loans and advances 402565 343425 58842Fixed deposits 72346 004 112702TOTAL CALOANS AND ADVANCES 1467120 381963 115915Current liabilities 634924 684226 896576Provision 1930 29138 29342TOTAL CLPROVISION 827979 975508 1189995Net current assets 639221 2844005 - 30829Miscellaneous expenses 20253 15511 10507TOTAL ASSETS 2374128 4532222 5665078

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)

PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012IncomeOperating income 178578 196546 2434832ExpensesMaterial consumed 567945 60242 827944Manufacturing expenses 258924 26938 334972Personnel expenses 145401 158978 230581Selling expenses 6471 5253 6149Administrative expenses 98620 122404 151803Expenses capitalized -2365 -17575 -34365Cost of sales 1053891 1140987 151788Operating profit 69135 814454 917689Other recurring income 48514 34728 30536Adjusted PBDIT 739828 85914 94818Financial expenses 25125 92903 148950Depreciation 81929 83461 97340Adjusted PBT 63283 68285 70189Tax charges 204047 238028 211487Adjusted PAT 428788 444790 490403Non recurring items -12302 23913 29771Net profit 422215 468734 42225Equity dividend 94332 116893 116895preference dividend - 2219 10945Dividend tax 16042 20243 21410Retained earnings 609398 788746 1009670

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)PARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012INCOMEOperating income 320579 377313 464535

EXPENSES

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 38: Shalini

Materials consumed 87386 99586 119534

Manufacturing expenses 20967 22602 25738

Selling and administrative expense 12348 13458 18678Expenses capitalized 8405 9145 11033

Cost of sales 118044 137592 174911Operating profit 29205 36311 42905

Gross profit 21468 27363 29908Depreciation 7628 7565 8504

Profit before tax 13840 20071 21404Tax charge 2586 5103 9100

Profit after tax 13744 17646 18835

Net profit 9499 14090 14641

Equity division 1877 2502 2502

Cash flow of TISCO AND UML

Particulars Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12

Profit before tax 626165 706636 731561

Net cash flow-operating activity 511810 625420 739722

Net cash used in investing activity -542760 -2931858 -942808

Net cash used in fin Activity 770246 1584807 315642

Cash and equivalent begin of year 28839 768135 46504

Cash and equivalent end of year 768135 46504 159060

USHA MARTIN LIMITEDPARTICULARS 2010 2011 2012

Profit before tax 1829 2468 2806Net cash flow from operating activities 18609 2520 6259

Net cash used in investing activities 3017 3259 9522

Net cash from financing activities 970 980 3630 Cash and equivalent beginning of the year 677 490 721

INTERPRETATION

Net Sales Income from Operations Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Sale of products 25945 21392 4553 21

Sale of power and water 566 546 20 4

Income from town medical and other services 41 41 (0) 0

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 39: Shalini

Other operating income 291 210 81 39

Total Sale of products and services 26844 22190 4654 21

Less Excise Duty 2528 2499 29 1

Net salesIncome from Operations 24316 19691 4625 23

The net sales increased by 23 during FY 12 over FY 11 mainly due to higher prices realised on Steel as well as other products during the first half of the financial year While realisation declined following the global economic slowdown Steel volumes improved significantly in the second half as can be seen from the following table

Figures in million tonnes

Steel volume H1 H2 Change

FY 09 238 285 20

FY 08 226 252 12

The divisional net sales of the Company are shown below

Figures in Rs crore

Net Sales FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Steel 20456 16539 3917 24

Tubes 1410 1217 193 16

Ferroalloys

and Minerals 2324 1808 516 29

Bearings 127 127 (0) 0

Total 24316 19691 4625 23

As explained above net sales in the Steel division increased by 23 due to increase in prices in the first half of FY 12 and increase in volume in the second half of FY 12Similarly sales of Tubes and Ferroalloys improved mainly due to higher realizations experienced during the year on account of increase in prices with lower volumes as compared to the last year

Fixed Assets Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Block 23545 20847 2698 13

Less 100 100 mdash 0

Impairment

Less 8962 8123 839 10

Depreciation

Net Block 14482 12624 1859 15

The Gross Block increased during the year primarily on account of the 18 million tone steel expansion programme and the 3 million tonne steel expansion programme (commenced in the last quarter of FY 12) at Jamshedpur

Investments

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 40: Shalini

Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Trade investments 1744 1152 592 51

Investment in subsidiary companies 37359 1914 35444 1852

Investment in mutual funds 3269 1028 2241 218

Other current investments mdash 9 (9) (100)

Total investments 42372 4103 38269 933

Increase in Investments in subsidiary companies was due to conversion of advance against equity to Tata Steel Holdings (included in loans and advances as on 31308) and also on account of further contributions to the capital of Tata Steel Holdings apart from contributions to equity of some subsidiary companies in India

12 Sundry Debtors Figures in Rs crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Gross Debtors 662 577 85 15

Less Provision for doubtful debts 26 34 (8) (23)

Net Debtors 636 543 93 17

The debtors as on 31st March 2012 was higher by Rs 93 crore than the level of 31st March 2011 The increase is in line with the increase in turnover

Loans and Advances Figures in Rs Crore

FY 12 FY 11 Change Change

Loans and advances 4578 33349 (28771) (86)

The loans and advances reduced substantially as the advance against equity was converted into investments during the financial year and accordingly there was an increase in the investments

Cash Flow

Net cash flow from operating activities The net cash from operating activities was Rs 7397 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 6254 crore during FY 11 The cash operating profit before working capital changes and direct taxes during FY 12 was Rs9457 crore as compared to Rs 8138 crore during the previous year (Depreciation was Rs 973 crore in FY 12 FY11 Rs 835 crore) The change in working capital during the financial year was mainly due to increase in inventories on account of volumes and prices partly offset by an increase in creditors Net cash from investing activities The net cash outflow from investing activities amounted to Rs 9428 crore in FY 12 The outflow broadly represents a capex of Rs 2786crore increase in investments in mutual funds of Rs 2241 crore and an incremental investment in Tata Steel Holdings of Rs 4286 croreNet cash from financing activities The net cash from financing activities was Rs3156 crore during FY 12 as compared to Rs 15848 crore during FY 11 The incremental borrowing of Rs 6494 crore in the current year is mainly from the issue of non-convertible debentures and

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 41: Shalini

term loans from Banks partly offset by interest payment of Rs 1214 crore and a dividend payment of Rs 1187 crore

RISKS amp CONCERNS FOR BOTH THE COMPANIES

1048610 Any delay in the commencement of its project on time would pose a negative effect on the operating margin1048610 Lower than expected Volume growth will hamper revenues of the company1048610 Lower than expected price realizations is also a major concern for the companyrsquos performance1048610 Any further slowdown in the economy will lead to a fall in Steel Demand impacting the revenues of the company

CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY

The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16

Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business worldThe Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products business accounted for 414 of gross activity level and 550 of reported turnover of the Company This business achieved turnover of Rs 119105 Crs as against Rs 92149 Crs In previous year registering a growth of 293 over previous year The gross profit margin improved to 211 from 161 The export turnover of this business has grown by 668 to Rs 47805 Crs during year under review as against Rs 28652 Crs in previous year But for imposition of export duty on some of products the growth in export turnover could have been higher The Wire Ropes amp Speciality Products Business has continued itsrsquo focus and as a result achieved significant improvement in productivity production quality new products and profitability In this business the Company has maintained its significant position in domestic and global markets The global economic downturn particularly in the developed economies like USA and Europe has slowed down export market of wire rope quite sharply As a part of capex plan captive power plant and other projects are being set up This would increase wire rope making capacity of 100000 MT at Ranchi amp Hoshiarpur locations After getting TPM Excellence Award Wire Ropes and Speciality Products Division has received award for Excellence in Consistent TPM Commitment from Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance [JIPM] during year under review Now this Division plans to implement3rd phase of TPM Excellence Award

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 42: Shalini

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Performance -Accomplishment of a given task measured against preset standards of accuracy completeness cost and speed

HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-

The whole idea of PM is to manage the performances of our employees bearing in mind their strengths and weaknesses and effectively coach and counsel them on how to improve their performance so that the business can continually be improved

a Performance management system (PMS) is a definitive guide for todayrsquos competitive business enterprises that needs a basis to decide what Darwinians would call survival of the fittest

b PMS offers deep insight on the most perplexing issue facing organizations today ndashunderstanding exactly how people create value and how to measure the value creation process

c It is an ongoing communication process between the manager and his employees to-

Identify and describe essential job functions Relate them to the mission and the goals of the organization Evolve realistic and appropriate performance standards

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Gone are the days of mere performance appraisals which was a simple process of evaluating an employeesrsquo performance on a job in terms of its requirements What is required in todayrsquos complex

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 43: Shalini

organization is a comprehensive performance system When used effectively PMS becomes a powerful tool of linking a companyrsquos long ndashterm strategy with its day-to-day business decisions

From process to system the emphasis has shifted to how the management of performance is carried out

From appraisal to Joint Review PMS is perceived as a continuous process rather than an annual event

From outputs to inputs PMS in todayrsquos scenario considers skills and competencies as well as results inputs and outputs

From top down appraisal to 360 degree feedback interest in 360 degree feedback has grown as it provides feedback from a number of different sources

Performance management is valuing people developing people involving people and paying people

MOVING TOWARDS PERFECTION

Performance parameters at Usha Martin Limited

Management by Objectives (MBO) Aims to align goals and subordinate objectives throughout the organization Ideally employees get strong input to identifying their objectives time lines for completion etc Includes ongoing tracking and feedback in process to reach objectives MBOs are often perceived as a form of planning

ISO9000 Is an internationally recognized standard of quality and includes guidelines to accomplish the ISO9000 standard Organizations can be optionally audited to earn ISO9000 certification ISO9000 is a quality initiative

Strategic Planning Organization-wide process to identify strategic direction including vision mission values and overall goals Direction is pursued by implementing associated action plans including multi-level goals objectives time lines and responsibilities Strategic planning is of course a form of planning

Continuous Improvement Focuses on improving customer satisfaction through continuous and incremental improvements to processes including by removing unnecessary activities and variations Continuous improvement is often perceived as a quality initiative

Total Quality Management (TQM) Set of management practices throughout the organization to ensure the organization consistently meets or exceeds customer requirements Strong focus on process measurement and controls as means of continuous improvement TQM is a quality initiative

360deg feedback It provides for performance feedback from the circle of daily contact that a employee might have ie from co-workers customers subordinates etc

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 44: Shalini

Management by objective(MBO) MBO can be desorbed as a process where by the superior and the sub ordinate manages an organization jointly identify its common goals define each individual major areas of responsibility in terms of results expected from him

Key result areas relates to what is the outcome of a particular position in a companyie what has to be done is decided through KRAs

Total production maintenance(TPM) Relates to maintenance of machinery process records products etc It is a Japanese concept

Plan-do-check-act Its about identifying performance problems and the processes affecting it finding potential solutions evaluate how well the solution works if everything goes well then institutionalize it

PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED

Balanced Scorecard Focuses on four indicators including customer perspective internal-business processes learning and growth and financials to monitor progress toward organizations strategic goals

Knowledge Management Focuses on collection and management of critical knowledge in an organization to increase its capacity for achieving results Knowledge management often includes extensive use of computer technology In and of itself this is not an overall comprehensive process assured to improve performance Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced critical knowledge is applied in the organization

Learning Organization Focuses on enhancing organizations systems (including people) to increase an organizations capacity for performance Includes extensive use of principles of systems theory Its effectiveness toward reaching overall results for the organization depends on how well the enhanced ability to learn is applied in the organization

Program Evaluation Program evaluation is used for a wide variety of applications eg to increase efficiencies of program processes and thereby cut costs to assess if program goals were reached or not to quality programs for accreditation etc

FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)

TO

PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)

PAS PMS

Top down assessment Joint processAnnual appraisal meetings Continuous reviewsFocuses on quantified objectives Focuses on values and behavior as well as objectivesDone at micro level Done at macro level

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 45: Shalini

PMS will enable the managers to address complex questions

1) What is meant by performance

2) What lends to performance

3) How to measure effective performance

4) What does employee or team get if they perform

It will force the organization to put following performance enabling processes in place-

Design of tasks Clarity of roles

Well designed pay and rewards systems Facilitating group structures and enabling leadership

DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Sample Design

Sampling technique

Stratified sampling technique is adopted to conduct the research Stratified purposive sapling is a selection method for achieving a greater degree of representatives therefore decreasing the probable sampling error It is based on the concept that a homogeneous population produces samples with smaller sampling errors than does a heterogeneous population Stratified sampling is accomplished by placing all the members of the population into groups according to some characteristics that is common among them that is homogeneous subsets of the population Then specified number of unit is chosen from each of the groups or strata by purposive means

Sampling Plans

The sampling plan consists of sampling units eg from functional departments namely PersonnelampAdministrationTechnicalFinancePurchasePlanningManufacturingFurnace Project RPDC HRD These employees constitute the manpower in the company who are engaged in the day to day functioning of the company thus it is very important for them to understand the various aspects of the entire selection process and also the importance of performance appraisal system Therefore they had been selected for the project sampling

Sample Size-

Sample size was taken 30 to undertake the survey

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 46: Shalini

Questionnaire On Performance Management System

PIN Date ______________

NAME TENURE WITH UML

COST CENTER

Please tick mark the relevant answer as provided against each question

1= Yes 2= No 3= Partially 4= Canrsquot say

1 2 31) Are you aware of Performance

Management System (PMS)2) Are KRAsKPIs fixed at the beginning of

assessment year

3) Are the KRAs fixed in due consultation with your HODsuperior

4) Does PRD(Performance Review Discussions) take place as per norms of the PMS

5) Do you think your performance in the form of KRA is measurable

6) Do you get desired feedback in area of improvement

7) Do you think that subsequent to your appraisal you are adequately awarded

8) Does PMS take care of high performers

9) Are high performers properly identified amp rewarded

10)

Do you feel career planning amp succession planning plays a vital role in this business scenario

11)

Does Behavioural amp Technical competence gap easily identified in this organization

12)

Does PMS ensure competence development across the organization

13)

Does PMS helps in building a performing culture

14)

Are you satisfied with reward amp recognition

15)

Does PMS ensure a transparent performance on working culture

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 47: Shalini

CONCLUSION

Usha martin limited is an organization with fairly structured management hierarchyAfter gaining a detail knowledge on Performance Management System in USHA MARTIN LIMITEDwe can say that the organization has adopted a very effective procedurePMS adopted is no doubt superior to traditional method but its successful use requires several precautionsPerformance is measured on the basis of KRAThe practical approach is a very good approach to study the practices followed in HR department in the industry Following are the conclusions linked with objectives of the project-

Employees of Usha martin limited are satisfied with the current performance measurement process

Both the key result areas and the routine jobs are taken into consideration while setting the objectives

Performance management plays an important role in knowing effectiveness of HR functionsLike job evaluation training and development

The employeesrsquo performance are evaluated twice in a year A mid- term review is conducted

in June and a final review is conducted in December For any firm to be successful the main

objectives should be Sustainable long-term growth Stable income and Asset preservation

Need to emphasize quality and diversification in both equity and fixed income asset classes

Focus should be on long-term consistent investment performance Emphasis towards training and enhancing skills of recruitees needs to be more Invest more in current staff than in Recruitment Conduct internal audit Be Creative

SUGGESTIONS

FOR THE ORGANIZATION

The company has to focus on the reducing cost by reducing the unproductive

expenses For that purpose the company has to divide its overheads into sub heads so

the company can know that which expenses is high and how can reduce As well as

the company should compare its standard cost with actual cost By doing this practice

the company has been successful in reducing many of the unnecessary expenses

There has been manpower rationalization ie a reduction in duplication of work and

consequent under utilization of human capacity The result of this was improved

efficiency

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 48: Shalini

UML is committed to add value to the products it makes de-bottlenecking its

capacities with intelligence so that the production cost gets reduced utilizing the

resources more efficiently

The company is focusing on its integrated steel and steel products business with an

increased focus on exports to neighbouring countries To improve competitiveness in

the global market the company has planned to make strategic investment in steel to

reduce the cost of products by leveraging the availability of raw materials from within

the region The company is also focusing on an improvement in the realization of

products like wires wire ropes strands and by migrating to high value branded

products

To meet the challenges of the loss of cable business the company has embarked on

the strategy to make the use of productive assets for diversification into value added

products

FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE OF THE ORGANIZATION

1 The present system should be more transparent and objective 2 The role of the reporting officer should be played by the immediate supervisor of appraise who is in direct contact 3 There should be a mid term appraisal system to monitor the performance of the executive 4 Performance appraisal system should be made scientific by introducing the marks or grades 5 Executives should be communicated about whatever rating he gets 6 There should be formal counseling session feedback mechanism not only for lsquoUnsatisfactoryrsquo rating but also for other ratings7 Performance appraisal system for the workmen should also be introduced It will prove to be a motivational tool for delivering the results to the best of their capability 8 The present appraisal system should be more productivity based not the promotion

KEY LEARNINGS

It was a good experience for me in carrying out the project work It helped me to gain practical knowledge and exposure and acted as a stepping stone to reach the ladder of corporate world During the course of 8 weeks I visited the plant of Usha Martin Ltd where I gained practical

knowledge about the working process and functioning of the organization in accordance with

the present market trends The main purpose of the organization study was to get acquainted

with practical knowledge about the overall functioning of the organization

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 49: Shalini

This project has also provided an opportunity to study the human behavior and analyze

different situations which normally would come across while on work in the office or factory

environment

Objective of the Study

The primary objective of the organization study with respect to McKinseyrsquos 7s

framework is to know the practical applicability with respect to the theoretical

concepts in business decisions

To understand the behavior culture of the organization and to known about

the organization and its performance and future strategies

During these 8 weeks of Industrial training in Usha-Martin ltd I studied and learnt many

things Carried in the organization This Industrial training helped me in gaining more

knowledge about the work and production carried out in the organization

There are very strict rules followed in HR department and attendance was taken daily to

check the regularity and we used to stay from morning 10 to 5 daily and to visit different

departments daily according to their schedule

There was good reaction and co-operation by the superiors and subordinates They helped me

in collecting the information regarding the different department and production process

I got the clear picture about how the organization work is carried on and the duties and

responsibilities of the employees in the organization I observed the work techniques that are

studied in subject being implemented and practiced in the organization like recruitment

process welfare facility training techniques etc

This training has helped me to have a thorough understanding about how the managerial

theories and techniques are applied in the real situation It has also helped me to know about

various communication techniques used in the plant and its importance for example various

sign boards in all over the plant

The entire analysis of the plant layout has helped me to have understanding of designing cost

effective layout The entire plant is near to the town railway station which helps to reduce the

transportation cost

Besides the entire organizational structure the duties and responsibilities of every department

coping with organizational mission and vision is a key motivational factor of the employees

Also the various benefits provided to the workers is also a key motivational factor Analyzing

various safeties security and shared values under McKinseyrsquos 7S model helped me to know

the importance of all these elements in an organization

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-
Page 50: Shalini

The discipline maintained in an organization is very important to get the things done at the

right time The relationship between superior and subordinate and the discipline and the

honesty shown by the workers and other subordinates are essential in an organization

Finally this industrial training gave me the clear idea about the working condition in the

organization which will help me in future days

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Personnel Management ndashCBMAMORIA

Performance Management System ndashMICHAEL ARMSTRONG

Human Resource Management-LMPRASAD

HRM REVIEW JOURNAL

wwwcitehrcom

wwwaskcom

wwwushamartincom

wwwgooglecom

Rediffmoneywiz

wwwtatasteelcom

Moneycontrolcom

wwwmanagementparadisecom

  • Self Certification
  • Table of Contents
  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • Data Collection Method
      • Primary Data Sources
        • RESEARCH DESIGN
          • BACKGROUND AND INCEPTION OF THE COMPANY
            • INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
              • INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES-
              • Competitors Information-
              • Contribution to the Market Share
              • Future Growth and Prospectus
                • Scope
                • McKINSEYlsquoS-7S FRAMEWORK MODEL
                  • lsquoHardrsquo variables
                  • lsquoSoftrsquo variables
                    • Skills
                    • STYLE
                    • Strategy
                    • System
                    • Swot Analysis-
                      • Strengths-
                      • Weakness-
                      • Opportunity-
                      • Threats-
                          • FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
                          • OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
                          • SCOPE OF THE STUDY
                            • RATIO ANALYSIS
                              • Classification of ratios
                                • (A)LIQUIDITY RATIO
                                  • CURRENT RATIO
                                  • QUICK RATIO
                                    • (B) LEVERAGE RATIOS
                                      • DEBT EQUITY RATIO
                                      • TOTAL ASSETS TO DEBT RATIO
                                      • PROPRIETARY RATIO-
                                      • RESERVE TO CAPITAL RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT RATIO
                                      • NET PROFIT TO NET WORTH RATIO
                                        • (D) ACTIVITY RATIO
                                          • DEBTORS TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • WORKING CAPITAL TURNOVER RATIO
                                          • INVENTORY TURNOVER RATIO OR STOCK TURNOVER RATIO
                                            • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2010-11 amp 2011-12
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                • COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET AS ON 2008-09 amp2009-10
                                                  • INTERPRETATION
                                                    • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2011-12
                                                      • INTERPRETATION
                                                        • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2010-11
                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                            • COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st March 2009-10
                                                              • INTERPRETATION
                                                                • Overall Summary of Findings
                                                                • COMPETITORrsquoS FINANCIAL POSITION
                                                                  • Products-
                                                                  • FINANCIAL RATIOS OF TISCO AND USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                    • INTERPRETATION-
                                                                        • BALANCE SHEET OF TISCO
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (TISCO)
                                                                        • PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT (USHA MARTIN LIMITED)
                                                                        • Cash flow of TISCO AND UML
                                                                          • INTERPRETATION
                                                                          • CONCLUSIONS DRAWN BY COMPARING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF BOTH THE COMPANY
                                                                          • The global steel industry has been hard hit by the global economic slowdown with steel production registering negative growth of 11 per cent As the deceleration led to slump in demand international steel prices fell sharply causing significant downward revision in the contract prices of raw material After an estimated decline of 9‐10 per cent in 2012 global steel demand is expected to witness improvement in growth from 2013 to 2016 Domestic demand is likely to be relatively flexible and recover faster and is expected to witness growth of 8‐9 per cent from 2012‐13 to 2014‐16
                                                                          • Position of USHA MARTIN LIMITED in the business world
                                                                            • PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                                                              • HIGHLIGHTS OF PMS-
                                                                                • PARAMETERS YET TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT USHA MARTIN LIMITED
                                                                                  • FROM PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL SYSTEM (PAS)
                                                                                  • TO
                                                                                  • PERFORMANCE MANGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS)
                                                                                    • DATA PRESENTATION ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
                                                                                      • Sample Design
                                                                                      • Sampling technique
                                                                                      • Sampling Plans
                                                                                      • Sample Size-